Power flex series 750 installation instruction

Installation Instructions
750-IN001M-EN-P - August 2013
Original Instructions
PowerFlex®
750-Series AC Drives
Introduction This document explains the 5 BASIC STEPS for mechanical installation and for
connecting incoming power, the motor, and basic I/O to the PowerFlex 750-
Series Adjustable Frequency AC drive.
The information provided is intended for qualified installers only.
The Additional Resources section is a directory of Rockwell Automation
publications that provide detailed drive information from wiring and grounding
recommendations to troubleshooting and repair.
Instructions in Other Languages
English This instruction sheet is available in multiple languages at
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. Select publication language and type “750-IN001“ in the
search field.
German Diese Anleitung steht in mehreren Sprachen unter
http://rockwellautomation.com/literaturezurVerfügung.WählenSieIhreSpracheaus,undgebenSie
„750-IN001“ in das Suchfeld ein.
French Ces instructions sont disponibles dans différentes langues à l’adresse suivante:
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature.Sélectionner la langue puis taper « 750-IN001 » dans le
champ de recherche.
Italian La presente scheda d’istruzione è disponibile in varie lingue sul sito
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. Selezionare la lingua desiderata e digitare “750-IN001“
nel campo di ricerca.
Spanish Puede encontrar esta hoja deinstrucciones en varios idiomas en
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. Selecione el idioma de publicación y escriba “750-IN001“
en el campo de búsqueda.
Portuguese Esta folha de instruções está disponível em várias línguas em
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature.Seleccione a língua de publicação e entre com “750-
IN001“ no espaço de busca.
Chinese
(Simplified)
从以下网页可以获得本说明书的多种语言的版本 :
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature 。
请选择出版物的语言 , 并在搜索栏输入 “750-IN001” 印。
Japanese 本説明書シートの多言語版は Web サイト
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature
にて入手できます。出版言語を選択し、検索フィールドに「750-
IN001」とタイプしてください。
Korean
Russian Данное руководство на других языках можно найти по адресу
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. Выберите язык и введите в окно поиска «750-IN001».
Chinese
(Complex)
以下網頁提供本說明書的多國語言版本：
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. 請選擇出版語言，並於搜尋欄鍵入
“750-IN001” 即可。
Czech Tato stránka s pokyny je k dispozici ve více jazykových verzích na adrese
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. Zvolte jazyk publikace a do vstupního pole pro
vyhledávání zadejte „750-IN001“.
Polish Niniejsza instrukcja dostępna jest w wielu językach na stronie
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature. Wybrać język publikacji, w polu wyszukiwania wpisać
“750-IN001”.
http://rockwellautomation.com/literature .
"750 - IN001" .

2 Rockwell Automation Publication 750-IN001M-EN-P - August 2013
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives
PowerFlex 750-Series AC
Drives
Table of Contents
Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Commonly Used Tools
Installation and Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Step 1: Read the General Precautions
Qualified Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Personal Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Product Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Class 1 LED Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Step 2: Prepare for Installation
Catalog Number Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Drive Frame 1…7 Rating Cross-References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Drive Frame 8…10 Rating Cross-References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CE Conformity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Access Panels, Covers, and Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Minimum Clearances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Mounting Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Step 3: Lift and Mount the Drive
Drive Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Recommended Mounting Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Attach Lifting Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Release Drive Cabinet Frame 8 and Larger Shipping Skid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Remove Drive Cabinet Lifting Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 Debris Screen or Optional Exhaust Hood . . 36
Install IP54, NEMA 12 Cabinet Blower Assembly and Exhaust Hood . . . . . . . 36
Approximate Dimensions - Drive Frames 1…10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Approximate Dimensions - Drives with Cabinet Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Release Drive Assembly From Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Release Power Option Assembly From Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Fiber-Optic Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Disconnect Drive Control Pod Wiring Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Disconnect Wire Connections - No Drive Control Pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Disconnect Control and Power Wire Harnesses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Disconnect DC Bus Fuse Wire Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Prepare the Roll-Out Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Remove Drive Assembly or Power Option Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Remove DC Back Bus Guard - Common DC Input Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Reinstall Drive Assembly or Power Option Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Step 4: Power Wiring
Grounding Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Recommended Grounding Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Shield Termination - SHLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
RFI Filter Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Power Cable Types Acceptable for 200…600 Volt Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Wire Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Motor Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Three-Phase Terminal Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Rockwell Automation Publication 750-IN001M-EN-P - August 2013 3
Frame 1…7 AC Input Power Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Frame 5…7 Common DC Input Terminal Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Frame 5…7 Common DC Input Power Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Frame 8…10 Bus Bar Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Cabinet Options Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Frame 8…10 Power Wiring Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Frame 8…10 Power Terminal L-Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Recommended Motor Cable Spacing - Frame 8 and Larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fuse and Circuit Breaker Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Short Circuit Current Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Short Circuit Current Ratings -Drives with Cabinet Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Input Contactor Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Output Contactor Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Bypass Contactor Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Applying and Removing Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Power Disconnects - Drives with Cabinet Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Contactors - Drives with Cabinet Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Reactors - Drives with Cabinet Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Terminal Blocks and Other Cabinet Parts - Drives with Cabinet Options . . . 167
Transformer Panel - Drives with Cabinet Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Power Wiring Schematic - Drives with Cabinet Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Input Power Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Drive Power Jumper Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
MOV, AC EMI Capacitor, and Common Mode Capacitor Circuits . . . . . . . . 184
Frame 2…5 Power Jumper Screw Removal and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Frame 1, 6, and 7 Power Jumper Wire Removal and Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Frame 8…10 Drive Assembly Jumper Removal and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Step 5: I/O Wiring
I/O Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Access Drive Control Pod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
PowerFlex 753 Main Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
PowerFlex 755 Main Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AC Input Drive Control and Power Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Common DC Input Drive Control and Power Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Control Transformer Connections - Common DC Input Drives . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Uninterruptible Power Supply Connections - Common DC Input Drives. . . 209
120/240V AC Power Supply Connections - Common DC Input Drives. . . . 210
Hardware Enable Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Safety Enable Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
PowerFlex 755 Fiber Optic Interface Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Drive Device Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Option Module Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
I/O Wiring Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
11-Series I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
11-Series I/O with ATEX Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
11-Series I/O Wiring Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Safe Speed Monitor Option Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Auxiliary Power Supply Option Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
DeviceNet Option Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

ControlNet Option Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Dual-Port EtherNet/IP Option Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Profibus Option Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
BACnet/IP Option Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
20-COMM Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Single Incremental Encoder Option Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Dual Incremental Encoder Option Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Universal Feedback Option Module - 755 Drives Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Motor Power Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Feedback Device Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Motor Feedback Wiring Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Control Pod Cable Routing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Control Wiring - Early Frame 8 Drives with Cabinet Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Enclosure Options - Frames 8…10
NEMA/UL Type 1 Enclosure - 2500 MCC Style Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
NEMA Type 12 Enclosure - 2500 MCC Style Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Integrated Motion Drives Configuring Option Modules for Integrated Motion
Supporting Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Additional Resources The following table lists publications that provide general drive related
information.
Resource Description
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Programming Manual,
publication 750-PM001
Provides detailed information on:
• I/O, control, and feedback options
• Parameters and programming
• Faults, alarms,and troubleshooting
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data,
publication 750-TD001
• Drive specifications
• Option specifications
• Fuse and circuit breaker ratings
PowerFlex 20-HIM-A6 / -C6S HIM (Human Interface
Module) User Manual,publication 20HIM-UM001
Provides detailed information on HIM components,
operation, features.
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Hardware Service Manual
- Frame8 and Larger, publication 750-TG001
• Preventive maintenance
• Component testing
• Hardware replacement procedures
PowerFlex 755 Drive Embedded EtherNet/IP Adapter User
Manual, publication 750COM-UM001
These publications provide detailed information on
configuring, using, and troubleshooting PowerFlex
750-Series communication option modules and adapters.
PowerFlex750-SeriesDriveDeviceNetOptionModuleUser
Manual, publication 750COM-UM002
PowerFlex 7-Class Network Communication Adapter User
Manuals, publications 750COM-UMxxx
PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Torque Off User Manual,
publication 750-UM002
These publications provide detailed information on
installation,setup,andoperationofthe750-Seriessafety
option modules.
Safe Speed Monitor Option Module for PowerFlex
750-SeriesACDrivesSafetyReferenceManual,publication
750-RM001
Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width
Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001
Provides basic information needed to properly wire and
ground PWM AC drives.
PowerFlex AC Drives in Common Bus Configurations,
publication DRIVES-AT002
Provides basic information needed to properly wire and
ground PWM AC drives using a common bus.
Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and
Maintenance of Solid State Control, publication SGI-1.1
Provides general guidelines for the application,
installation, and maintenance of solid-state control.
Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage, publication 8000-
4.5.2
Provides practices for guarding against Electrostatic
damage (ESD)
Product Certifications website, http://ab.com Providesdeclarationsofconformity,certificates,andother
certification details.

Commonly Used Tools Installation and Service Tools
This list covers the tools needed for drive installation.
IMPORTANT Care must be taken to be sure that tools and/or hardware components do not fall into
opendriveassemblies.Donotenergizethedriveunlessallloosetoolsand/orhardware
components have been removed from the drive assemblies and enclosure.
Tool Description Details
ESD-protected place of work Working surface, Floor covering, seat and ground connections
ESD-protectiveclothing Wrist wrap, shoes, overall clothing (coat)
Multi meter Digital multi meter, capable of AC and DC voltage, continuity, resistance,
capacitance measurements, and forward diode bias tests. Fluke model 87 III or
equivalent.
Allen socket wrench 4 mm, 5 mm
Allen socket wrench extension 254 mm (10 in.)
Flat nose screw driver 5 mm (0.19 in.), 6.4 mm (0.25 in.), 9.5 mm (0.375 in.), #1, #2
Hexalobular screw driver/bit #15, #20, #25, #40, #45
Hexagonal socket wrench 7 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 13 mm, 17 mm, 18 mm
Combination wrench 10 mm, 17 mm
Phillips® screw driver/bit (1)
(1) Phillips and Pozidriv are registered trademarks of the Phillips Screw Company.
#2, 492-C
Pozidriv® (1) #2
Torque wrench 1...12 N•m (8.8…106 lb•in)
Torque wrench 6...50 N•m (53…443 lb•in)
Roll-out cart 20-750-CART1-F8
Note: The roll-out cart is required to remove the Frame 8 and larger drive
assembly from the enclosure.

Step 1: Read the General
Precautions
Qualified Personnel
Personal Safety
ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustablefrequency AC drives and
associated machinery should plan or implement the installation, start-up and
subsequent maintenance of the system. Failure to comply may result in personal injury
and/or equipment damage.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus
capacitors has discharged completely before servicing.
Frames 1…7: Measure the DC bus voltage at the power terminal block by measuring
between the +DC and -DC terminals (see Figure 78 and Figure 79 for location) or between
the+DCand-DCtestpointsocketsifequipped.Alsomeasurebetweenthe+DCterminalor
test point and the chassis, and between the -DC terminal or testpoint and the chassis. The
voltage must be zero for all three measurements.
Frame 8…10: Measure the DC bus voltage at the DC+ and DC- TESTPOINT sockets on the
front of the power module (see Figure 82 for location).
ATTENTION:Hazardofpersonalinjuryorequipmentdamageexistswhenusingbipolar
inputsources.Noiseanddriftinsensitiveinputcircuitscancauseunpredictablechanges
in motor speed and direction. Use speed command parameters to help reduce input
source sensitivity.
ATTENTION: Risk of injury or equipment damage exists. DPI or SCANporthost products
must not be directly connected together via 1202 cables. Unpredictable behavior can
result if two or more devices are connected in this manner.
ATTENTION: The drive start/stop/enable control circuitry includes solid state
components. If hazards due to accidental contact with moving machinery or
unintentional flow of liquid, gas or solids exists, an additional hardwired stop circuit
mayberequiredtoremovetheAClinetothedrive.Anauxiliarybrakingmethodmaybe
required.
ATTENTION: Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage due to unexpected
machine operation exists if the drive is configured to automatically issue a Start or Run
command. Do not use these functions without considering applicable local, national
and international codes, standards, regulations or industry guidelines.

Product Safety
Class 1 LED Product
ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage
or a reduction in product life. Wiring or application errors such as under sizing the
motor, incorrect or inadequate AC supply, or excessive surrounding air temperatures
may result in malfunction of the system.
ATTENTION: This drive contains ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) sensitive parts and
assemblies. Static control precautions are required when installing, testing, servicing or
repairing this assembly. Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are
not followed. If you are not familiar with static control procedures, reference Guarding
Against Electrostatic Damage, publication 8000-4.5.2 or any other applicable ESD
protection handbook.
ATTENTION: Configuring an analog input for 0-20 mA operation and driving it from a
voltage source could cause component damage. Verify proper configuration prior to
applying input signals.
ATTENTION: Hazard of permanent eye damage exists when using optical transmission
equipment. This product emits intense light and invisible radiation. Do not look into
module ports or fiber optic cable connectors.

Step 2: Prepare for
Installation
Catalog Number Explanation
a
Drive
Code Type Frames
20F PowerFlex 753 1…7
20G PowerFlex 755 1…10
21G PowerFlex 755 Drive with Options 8…10
1…3 4 5 6 7 8…10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
20G 1 A N D 248 A A 0 N N N N N - LD - P3 - P11…
a b c d e f1…f4 g h i Cabinet Options (21G)
b
Future Use
d
Enclosure
Code Description Frames
R IP20, NEMA/ULType Open, Frame 1 1
F § Flange (NEMA/ULType 4X/12 back) 2…5
G IP54, NEMA/ULType 12 2…7
N ‡ IP20/IP00, NEMA/ULType Open 2…7
B Δ
IP20, NEMA/ULType 1,
600 mm (23.6 in.) Deep,
Standard Cabinet Color (RAL 7032)
8…10
J Δ
IP54, UL Type 12,
800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep,
8…10
K Δ
IP54, NEMA 12,
2500 MCC Style Cabinet & Options
w/MCC Power Bus, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep,
8…10
L Δ
800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep,
8…10
P Δ
8…10
W Δ
CenterLine 2100 Gray (ASA49)
8…10
Y Δ
IP54, NEMA 12,
CenterLine 2100 Gray (ASA49)
8…10
T IP00, UL OpenType without Control POD 8…10
§ For Frames 6…7 a User Installed Flange Kit is available to convert a
Code N drive that provides a NEMA/ULType 4X/12 back.
‡ Frames 2…5 are IP20, Frames 6…7 are IP00.
Δ Available as a drive with options (21G).
e
Voltage Rating
Code Voltage
C 400V AC/540V DC
D 480V AC/650V DC
E 600V AC/810V DC
F 690V AC/932V DC (not UL listed)
f1
ND Rating
400V, 50 Hz Input
Code Amps kW
Frame
Enclosure Code
B, J,
L,T
F G N
K, P,
W,Y
R
2P1 2.1 0.75
–
2 2 2
–
1
3P5 3.5 1.5
5P0 5.0 2.2
8P7 8.7 4
011 11.5 5.5
015 15.4 7.5
022 22 11
–
030 30 15
3 3 3037 37 18.5
043 43 22
060 60 30
4
4
4
072 72 37
5
085 85 45
5 5
104 104 55
6
140 140 75
§
6
170 170 90
205 205 110
260 260 132
7
302 302 160
7367 367 200
456 456 250
460 460 250
8
– – –
8 Δ
540 540 315
567 567 315
650 650 355
750 750 400
770 770 400
910 910 500
9 9 Δ
1K0 1040 560
1K1 1090 630
1K2 1175 710
1K4 1465 800
1K5 1480 850
1K6 1590 900
10 10
Δ2K1 2150 1250
f2
ND Rating
480V, 60 Hz Input
Code Amps Hp
Frame
Enclosure Code
B, J,
L,T
F G N
K, P,
W,Y
R
2P1 2.1 1
–
2 2 2
–
1
3P4 3.4 2
5P0 5.0 3
8P0 8.0 5
011 11 7.5
014 14 10
022 22 15
–
027 27 20
3 3 3034 34 25
040 40 30
052 52 40
4
4
4
065 65 50
5
077 77 60
5 5
096 96 75
6
125 125 100
§
6
156 156 125
186 186 150
248 248 200
7
302 302 250
7361 361 300
415 415 350
430 430 350
8
– – –
8 Δ
485 485 400
545 545 450
617 617 500
710 710 600
740 740 650
800 800 700
9 9Δ
960 960 800
1K0 1045 900
1K2 1135 1000
1K3 1365 1100
1K4 1420 1250
1K5 1525 1350
10 10
Δ2K0 2070 1750
c
InputType
Code Description Frames
1
AC Input with Precharge,includes DC
Terminals
1…4,
8…10
AC Input without Precharge,includes DC
Terminals
5
4 DC Input with Precharge 5…10
A AC Input with Precharge,no DCTerminals 6…8
The DC Bus Bar kit (20-750-DCBB1-Fx) is available for Frames 6…7
AC input drives requiring DC bus terminals.

Catalog Number Explanation(continued)
g
Filtering and CM Cap Configuration ♦
Code Filtering Default CM Cap Connection
A Yes Jumper Removed
J Yes Jumper Installed
♦ 480V drives must select code "A." Jumpers are included for field
reconfiguration as desired.
h
Dynamic Braking &
Code Internal Resistor ♠ InternalTransistor ∇
A No Yes
N No No
♠ Frames 1…2 only.
∇ Standard on Frames 1…5, optional on 6…7.
& Not available on Frames 8…10, specify Code "N."
PowerFlex 755 w/Options (21G) - Required Selections
Code Option Frames Type
LD Light Duty
8…10
System Overload
Duty Cycle
ND Normal Duty
HD Heavy Duty
P3
InputThermal Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
8…10
Power
Disconnect
P5
Input Non-Fused Molded
Case Disconnect Switch
8 Only
8 Only
8 Only
8 Only
P14 Wiring Only Bay 8…10 Wiring Only Bay
Only one option of this type may be selected.
PowerFlex 755 w/Options (21G) - Additional Selections
Code Option Frames Type
P11 Input Contactor
Contactors §
P12 Output Contactor
L1 3% Input Reactor
8…9
Reactors
L2 3% Output Reactor
L3 5% Input Reactor
L4 5% Output Reactor
P20 1200 Amp Bus
8…10
MCC Power Bus
Capacity
P22 2000 Amp Bus
P24 3000 Amp Bus
P30
UPS Control Bus, DC Input
w/Precharge only
8…10 UPS Control Bus
X1
AuxiliaryTransformer
(500VA available), IP20
Cabinet Only
Auxiliary Power
Only one option of this type may be selected.
§ Contactor options are not available for systems with MCC power bus.
f3
ND Rating
600V, 60 Hz Input
Code Amps Hp
Frame
Enclosure Code
B, J,
L,T
F G N
K, P,
W,Y
R
1P7 1.7 1
–
3 3 3
–
–
2P7 2.7 2
3P9 3.9 3
6P1 6.1 5
9P0 9 7.5
011 11 10
012 12 10 – 6 6
017 17 15 3 3 3
018 18 15 – 6 6
022 22 20 3 3 3
023 23 20
– 6 6
024 24 20
027 27 25 4 4 4
028 28 25 – 6 6
032 32 30 4 4 4
033 33 30 – 6 6
041 41 40 5 5 5
042 42 40 – 6 6
052 52 50 5 – 5
053 53 50
–
6 6
063 63 60
077 77 75
099 99 100
125 125 125
144 144 150
192 192 200
7 7242 242 250
289 289 300
295 295 300
8
– –
8 Δ
355 355 350
395 395 400
435 435 450
460 460 500
510 510 500
595 595 600
9 9 Δ
630 630 700
760 760 800
825 825 900
900 900 950
980 980 1000
1K1 1110 1100
10 10
Δ1K4 1430 1400
f4
ND Rating
690V, 50 Hz Input (not UL listed)
Code Amps kW
Frame
Enclosure Code
B, J,
L,T
F G N
K, P,
W,Y
R
012 12 7.5
–
–
6 6
–
–
015 15 11
020 20 15
023 23 18.5
030 30 22
034 34 30
046 46 37
050 50 45
061 61 55
082 82 75
098 98 90
119 119 110
142 142 132
171 171 160
7 7212 212 200
263 263 250
265 265 250
8
– –
8 Δ
330 330 315
370 370 355
415 415 400
460 460 450
500 500 500
590 590 560
9 9 Δ
650 650 630
710 710 710
765 765 750
795 795 800
960 960 900
1K0 1040 1000
10 10
Δ1K4 1400 1400
i
Door Mounted HIM (Frames 8…10)
Code Operator Interface
0 No Door Mounted HIM
2 Enhanced LCD, Full Numeric, IP20
4 Enhanced LCD, Full Numeric, IP66 NEMAType 4X/12

Drive Frame 1…7 Rating Cross-References
Drive Frame 8…10 Rating Cross-References
Cat No. 20G11 N D 011 AA0NNNNN
UL Type 1 - only with Debris Hood and Conduit Plate
UL Open Type/IP20 - without Debris Hood and Conduit Plate
Specifications and Custom Catalog Number
representing options installed at factory.
See Nameplate 2 (Located behind HIM)
for equivalent base catalog number and separate options
Nameplate 1:
Mfd. in 2009 on Jan. 19
Series: A
Input: 3 Phase, 47-63Hz
AC Voltage Range
Amps ND (HD)
Power ND (HD)
Output: 3 Phase, 0-400 Hz
AC Voltage Range
Base Frequency (default)
Continuous Amps ND (HD)
60Sec Ovld Amps ND (HD)
3 Sec Ovld Amps ND (HD)
0-400
50 Hz
342-440 432-528
0-460
60 Hz
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx xxx xxx xxx
5.5 HP (4 HP) 7.5 HP (5 HP)
N223
Serial Number: xxxxxxxx
Original Firmware: x.xxx
Made in the U.S.A. Fac1C
400V Class 480V Class
➊ ➋
Cat No: 20G1A B D 430 JN0NNNNN
CM Cap Jumpers Installed
UL Type 1 / IP20 in 600 mm deep cabinet
Specifications and Custom Catalog Number
representing options installed at factory.
See Nameplate 2 (Located behind HIM)
for equivalent base catalog number and separate options
Nameplate 1:
MFD DATE: 2010/08/20
Series: B
Input: 3-Phase, 47-63 Hz
AC Voltage Range
Amps LD/ND/HD
Power LD/ND/HD
Auxillary Input Power: 120V//240V AC, 50/60Hz, 8.3A/4.2A, 1kVA
Output: 3-Phase, 0-400 Hz
AC Voltage Range
Base Freq. (default)
Cont. Amps LD/ND/HD
60S OL Amps LD/ND/HD
3S OL Amps LD/ND/HD
0-400
50 Hz
360-440 432-528
0-460
60 Hz
xxx/xxx/xxx
xxx/xxx/xxx
/xxx/xxx
xxx/xxx/xxx
xxx/xxx/xxx
/xxx/xxx
xxxx/xxxx/xxxx xxxx/xxxx/xxxx
315/250/200 (kW) 400/350/300 (HP)
N223
Serial Number: xxxxxxxx
Original Firmware: x.xxx
Product of U.S.A. FAC 1100
400V Class 480V Class
➊ ➋
Drive Nameplate 1, Frames 1…7
Drive Nameplate 1, Frames 8…10
Drive Code ➋ ➊
Input Voltage & ND Amp Rating Enclosure Code
400V AC 480V AC F G N R
20F or 20G C2P1 D2P1
2 2 2
1
DriveFrame
20F or 20G C011 D011
20F or 20G C015 D014
20F or 20G C022 D022
–
20F or 20G C030 D027
3 3 320F or 20G C037 D034
20F or 20G C043 D040
20F or 20G C060 D052
4
4
4
20F or 20G C072 D065
5
20F or 20G C085 D077
5 5
20F or 20G C104 D096
6
20F or 20G C140 D125
N/A
6
20F or 20G C170 D156
20F or 20G C205 D186
20F or 20G C260 D248
7
20F or 20G C302 D302
720F or 20G C367 D361
20F or 20G C456 D415
Drive Code ➋ ➊
Input Voltage & ND Amp Rating Enclosure Code
400V AC 480V AC 600V AC 690V AC B L, J P, K W, Y
20G or 21G C460 D430 E295 F265
8 8 8 8
DriveFrame
20G or 21G C540 D485 E355 F330
20G or 21G C567 D545 E395 F370
20G or 21G C650 D617 E435 F415
20G or 21G C750 D710 E460 F460
20G or 21G C770 D740 E510 F500
20G or 21G C910 D800 E595 F590
9 9 9 9
20G or 21G C1K0 D960 E630 F650
20G or 21G C1K1 D1K0 E760 F710
20G or 21G C1K2 D1K2 E825 F765
20G or 21G C1K4 D1K3 E900 F795
20G or 21G C1K5 D1K4 E980 F960
20G or 21G C1K6 D1K5 E1K1 F1K0
10 10 10 10
20G or 21G C2K1 D2K0 E1K4 F1K4

CE Conformity
Compliance with the Low Voltage Directive and Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive has been demonstrated using harmonized European Norm (EN)
standards published in the Official Journal of the European Communities.
PowerFlex 750-Series drives comply with the EN standards listed below when
installed according to this PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drive Installation
Instructions.
CE Declarations of Conformity are available online at:
www.rockwellautomation.com/products/certification/
LowVoltageDirective(2006/95/EC)
• EN 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems – Part 5-1:
Safety requirements – Electrical, thermal and energy.
EMCDirective(2004/108/EC)
• EN 61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems – Part 3:
EMC product standard including specific test methods.
GeneralConsiderations
• For CE compliance, drives must satisfy installation requirements related to
both EN 61800-5-1 and EN 61800-3 provided in this document.
• PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives comply with the EMC requirements of
EN 61800-3 when installed according to good EMC practices and the
instructions provided in this document. However, many factors can
influence the EMC compliance of an entire machine or installation, and
compliance of the drive itself does not ensure compliance of all
applications.
• PowerFlex 750-Series drives are not intended to be used on public low-
voltage networks which supply domestic premises. Without additional
mitigation, radio frequency interference is expected if used on such a
network. The installer is responsible to take measures such as
supplementary line filters and enclosures to prevent interference, in
addition to the installation requirements of this document.
• Requirements for supplementary mitigation related to specific high
frequency emission limits are provided in Table 1
ATTENTION: NEMA/UL Open Type and Flange Mount drives must either be
installed in a supplementary enclosure or equipped with a “NEMA Type 1 Kit”
to be CE compliant with respect to protection against electrical shock.

• PowerFlex 750-Series drives generate harmonic current emissions on the
AC supply system. When operated on a public low-voltage network it is
the responsibility of the installer or user to ensure that applicable
requirements of the distribution network operator have been met.
Consultation with the network operator and Rockwell Automation may
be necessary.
InstallationRequirementsRelatedtoEN61800-5-1andtheLowVoltageDirective
Frame 1 Drives:
• Voltage classes up to 480V PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 1 drives can only
be used on a “center grounded” supply system for altitudes up to and
including 2000 m (6562 ft).
Frame 2 and Larger Drives:
• Voltage classes up to 690V PowerFlex 750-Series Frame 2 and Larger drives
are compliant with the CE LV Directive when used on a “corner-earthed”
supply system as well as all other common supply systems for altitudes up
to and including 2000 m (6562 ft).
• When used at altitudes above 2000 m (6562 ft) up to a maximum of
4800 m (15,748 ft), PowerFlex 750-Series drives of voltage classes up to
480V may not be powered from a “corner-earthed” supply system in order
to maintain compliance with the CE LV Directive. Altitude derating
curves are provided in the PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical
Data, publication 750-TD001.
ATTENTION: PowerFlex 750-Series drives produce DC current in the protective
earthing conductor which may reduce the ability of RCD’s (residual current-
operated protective devices) or RCM’s (residual current-operated monitoring
devices) of type A or AC to provide protection for other equipment in the
installation. Where an RCD or RCM is used for protection in case of direct or
indirect contact, only an RCD or RCM of Type B is allowed on the supply side of
this product.

All Drive Frames:
• Drives provided in the IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12 enclosure are compliant
with the CE LV Directive when installed in pollution degree 1…4
environments. All other enclosure types must be installed in a pollution
degree 1 or 2 environment to be compliant with the CE LV Directive.
Characteristics of the different pollution degree ratings are provided in the
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data, publication 750-TD001.
• PowerFlex 750-Series drives produce leakage current in the protective
earthing conductor which exceeds 3.5 mA AC and/or 10 mA DC. The
minimum size of the protective earthing (grounding) conductor used in
the application must comply with local safety regulations for high
protective earthing conductor current equipment.
ATTENTION: PowerFlex 750-Series drives produce DC current in the protective
earthing conductor which may reduce the ability of RCD’s (residual current-
operated protective devices) or RCM’s (residual current-operated monitoring
devices) of type A or AC to provide protection for other equipment in the
installation. Where an RCD or RCM is used for protection in case of direct or
indirect contact, only an RCD or RCM of Type B is allowed on the supply side of
this product.

InstallationRequirementsRelatedtoEN61800-3andtheEMCDirective
• The drive must be earthed (grounded) as described in Step 4: Power
Wiring on page 121.
• Output power wiring to the motor must employ cable with a braided
shield providing 75% or greater coverage, or the cables must be housed in
metal conduit, or equivalent shielding must be provided. Continuous
shielding must be provided from the drive enclosure to the motor
enclosure. Both ends of the motor cable shield (or conduit) must terminate
with a low-impedance connection to earth.
Drive Frames 1…7: At the drive end of the motor cable, either
a. The cable shield must be clamped to a properly-installed “EMC plate”
for the drive. Kit number 20-750-EMC1-Fx.
or
b. The cable shield or conduit must terminate in a shielded connector
installed in a conduit plate or conduit box provided in the “NEMA
Type 1 Kit” for the drive (kit number 20-750-NEMA1-Fx).
Drive Frames 8 and larger: At the drive end of the motor cable, terminate
the shield at the PE Grounding Bar (See page 131).
• At the motor end, the motor cable shield or conduit must terminate in a
shielded connector which must be properly installed in an earthed motor
wiring box attached to the motor. The motor wiring box cover must be
installed and earthed.
• All control (I/O) and signal wiring to the drive must use cable with a
braided shield providing 75% or greater coverage, or the cables must be
housed in metal conduit, or equivalent shielding must be provided. When
shielded cable is used, the cable shield should be terminated with a low-
impedance connection to earth at only one end of the cable, preferably the
end where the receiver is located. When the cable shield is terminated at
the drive end, it may be terminated either by using a shielded connector in
conjunction with a conduit plate or conduit box, or the shield may be
clamped to an “EMC plate.”
• Motor cabling must be separated from control and signal wiring wherever
possible.
• Maximum motor cable length must not exceed the maximum length
indicated in Table 1 for compliance with radio frequency emission limits
for the specific standard and installation environment.
• EMC cores must be applied to input power and motor cabling for some
models of the PowerFlex 750-Series drives as indicated in Table 1.
• The drive must be powered from an earthed supply system such as a TN or
TT system and the PE-A and PE-B jumpers in the drive must be installed
(see Drive Power Jumper Configuration starting on page 184).
• IP00 and NEMA/UL Open Type Frame 8 and higher frames must be
installed in suitable supplementary EMC enclosures to achieve compliance
with EN 61800-3.

Table 1 - PowerFlex 750-Series 400/480V Input Drives RF Emission Compliance and Installation
Requirements
Standard / Limits
Drive Frame
Catalog Number
EN61800-3 Category C1
EN61000-6-3
CISPR11 Group 1 Class B
EN61000-6-4
CISPR11 Group 1 Class A
(Input power ≤ 20 kVA)
(I ≤ 100 A)
(Input power > 20 kVA)
I > 100 A
Frame 1
20F11xx2P1…20F11xx015
20G11xx2P1…20G11xx015
N/A 30 m motor cable limit with each wire
looped once around an input core. (1) (2)
30 m motor cable limit with each wire
looped once around an input core. (1)
N/A
Frame 2
20F11xx2P1…20F11xx022
20G11xx2P1…20G11xx022
150 m cable limit with Schaffner
FN3258-30-nn filter.
Supplementary EMC enclosure
required to provide attenuation of
radiated emissions.
30 m motor cable limit with input core. (1)
150 m motor cable limit with Schaffner
FN3258-30-nnfilter.
N/A
Frame 3
20F11xx030…20F11xx043
20G11xx030…20G11xx043
radiated emissions.
FN3258-55-nnfilter.
N/A
Frame 4
20F11xx060…20F11xx072
20G11xx060…20G11xx072
radiated emissions.
30 m motor cable limit with input and
output cores. (1)
FN3258-75-nnfilter.
output cores. (1)
FN3258-75-nnfilter.
N/A
Frame 5
20F11xx085…20F11xx104
20G11xx085…20G11xx104
radiated emissions.
output cores. (1)
output cores. (1)
output cores. (1)
Frame 6
20F11xx140…20F11xx260
20G11xx140…20G11xx260
150 m cable limit with 22-RFD323
filter.
radiated emissions.
150 m motor cable limit with 22-RFD323
filter.
SupplementaryEMCenclosurerequiredto
provideattenuationofradiatedemissions.
30 m motor cable limit with no filter. (3)
filter.
150 m motor cable limitwith 22-RFD323
filter.
Frame 7
20F11xx302…20F11xx456
20G11xx302…20G11xx456
150 m cable limit with 22-RFD480
filter.
radiated emissions.
filter.
SupplementaryEMCenclosurerequiredto
provideattenuationofradiatedemissions.
filter.
150 m motor cable limitwith 22-RFD480
filter.
Frame 8 - AC Input
20G1Axx460…20G1Axx770
21G1Axx460…21G1Axx770
Compliance possible with
supplementary mitigation
(Consult factory)
Compliance possible with supplementary
mitigation
(Consult factory)
30 m motor cable limit (3)
with output
core. (4)
with output
core. (4)
Frame 9 - AC Input
20G11xx910…20G11xx1K5
21G11xx910…21G11xx1K5
(Consult factory)
mitigation
(Consult factory)
30 m motor cable limit (3) with output
core(4)
and input core.
core(4)
and input core.
Frame 10 - AC Input
20G11xx1K6…20G11xx2K1
21G11xx1K6…21G11xx2K1
(Consult factory)
mitigation
(Consult factory)
with output
core(4)
and inputcore. Door shielding kit
installed.(5)
with output
core(4)
installed.(5)
Frames 8…9 - Common DC Input
20G14xx460…20G14xx1K5
21G14xx460…21G14xx1K5
(Consult factory)
mitigation
(Consult factory)
core(4) and input core.(6)
core(4) and input core.(6)
Frame 10 - Common DC Input
20G14xx1K6…20G14xx2K1
21G14xx1K6…21G14xx2K1
(Consult factory)
mitigation
(Consult factory)
with output
core(4)
and input core.(6)
Door shielding
kit installed.(5)
with output
core(4)
installed.(5)
More Stringent Limits Less Stringent Limits
(1) Rating-specific EMC cores are part of EMC kit numbers 20-750-EMC1-nn and 20-750-EMC2-nn.
(2) To meet the C2 rating with a Dual Encoder module installed, Frame 1 drives must be installed in a supplementary EMCenclosure to attenuate radiated emissions.
(3) Intended to be powered from an industrial power network supplied by a dedicated power transformer or generator and not from LV power lines supplying other customers.
(4) EMCkitnumber 20-750-EMCCM1-F8. Kit contains one core. Each drive assembly requires one EMC kit. Order one kit for a Frame 8 drive, two kits for a Frame 9 drive, three kits for a Frame 10 drive.
(5) Door shielding kit number 20-750-EMCDK1-F10. Kit contains shielding brackets for three doors.
(6) EMCkitnumber 20-750-CBPEMCCM1-F8. Kitcontains one core. Each drive assembly requires one EMC kit. Order one kit for a Frame 8 drive, two kits for a Frame 9 drive, three kits for a Frame 10 drive.

Table 2 - PowerFlex 750-Series 600/690V Input Drives RF Emission Compliance and Installation
Requirements
Standard / Limits
Drive Frame
Catalog Number
EN61000-6-3
CISPR11 Group 1 Class B
EN61000-6-4
(Input power ≤ 20 kVA)
(I ≤ 100 A)
(Input power > 20 kVA)
I > 100 A
Frame 3: 600V (3 Hp and higher.)
20F11xE3P9…20F11xE022
20G11xE3P9…20G11xE022
FN258HV-42-33 filter.
Supplementary EMC enclosure required
to provide attenuation of radiated
emissions.
30 m motor cable limit with one input
and one output core.(1)
N/A
Frame 4: 600V
20F11xE027…20F11xE032
20G11xE027…20G11xE032
emissions.
N/A
Frame 5: 600V
20F11xE041…20F11xE052
20G11xE041…20G11xE052
emissions.
N/A
Frame 6: 600/690V
20F11xx063…20F11xx144
20G11xx063…20G11xx144
FN258HV-100-35 filter(up to 90 kW
drives) or FN3359HV-250-28 filter
(110 kW and larger drives).
emissions.
FN258HV-100-35 filter (up to 90 kW
drives) or FN3359HV-250-28 filter
(110 kW and larger drives).
emissions.
Frame 7: 600/690
20F11xx192…20F11xx289
20G11xx192…20G11xx289
emissions.
emissions.
More Stringent Limits Less Stringent Limits
(1) Rating-specific EMC cores are part of EMC kit numbers 20-750-EMC3-nnand 20-750-EMC4-nn.

Access Panels, Covers, and Doors
Figure 1 - Enclosure Code R (IP20, NEMA/UL Open Type) Frame 1
Figure 2 - Enclosure Code N (IP20, NEMA/UL Open Type) Frames 2…5

Figure 3 - Enclosure Code G (IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12) Frames 2…5
When cover is replaced:
• Recommended torque (screws and nuts) = 0.68 N•m (6.0 lb•in)
• Recommended screwdriver = 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) flat or T20 Hexalobular
• Recommended hex socket = 7 mm
Figure 4 - Enclosure Code N (IP00, NEMA/UL Open Type) Frames 6 & 7
When cover is replaced:
• Recommended screwdriver = 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) flat
2x:
M4 X 0.7
90°

Figure 5 - Enclosure Code N (IP00, NEMA/UL Open Type) Frames 6 & 7 Access Door
When door is replaced:

Figure 6 - Frame 8 and Larger Cabinet Access Door (All Enclosure Types)
To release or secure door:
90°

Figure 7 - Drive Assembly Access Panels - All Enclosure Types (IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 Shown)
When covers are replaced:
• Recommended torque = 2.8 N•m (25.0 lb•in)
➊
➋
➌
➎
➍
No. Description
➊ Converter Left Front Cover with Side Shield (AC Input Drives)
➋ Converter Right Front Cover (No Control Pod)
➌ Converter Left Front Cover with Side Shield (Common DC Input Drives)
➍ Converter Right Front Cover (With Control Pod)
➎ Inverter Front Cover with Side Shield (Common DC Input Drives)

Figure 8 - Cabinet Options Bay Access Door
To release or secure door:
Frame 8 - IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 Frame 9 - IP54, NEMA 12

Figure 9 - Full Cabinet Options Bay Guard - Frame 8
To remove the full bay guard, loosen the ten M5 screws. It is not necessary to
remove these screws.
When the full bay guard is replaced:
• Recommended driver = 8 mm Hexagonal socket

Figure 10 - Full Cabinet Options Bay Guard Frame 9
To remove the full bay guard, loosen the ten M5 screws. It is not necessary to
remove these screws.
When the full bay guard is replaced:
• Recommended driver = 8 mm Hexagonal socket

Minimum Clearances
Specified vertical clearance requirements (indicated in Figure 11) are intended to
be from the drive to the closest object that may restrict airflow through the drive
heat sink and chassis. The drive must be mounted in a vertical orientation as
shown and must make full contact with the mounting surface. Do not use
standoffs or spacers. In addition, inlet air temperature must not exceed the
product specification.
Figure 11 - Minimum Mounting Clearances Frames 1…7
Figure 12 - Minimum Mounting Clearances Drive Cabinets
76.2 mm (3.0 in.)
76.2 mm (3.0 in.) Airflow through the drive
must not be impeded.
860 mm
(33.9 in.)
860 mm
(33.9 in.)
20-750-CART1-F8
182 mm (7.2 in.)
Airflow through the drive must not be impeded.
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 IP54, NEMA 12IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1
with Optional Exhaust Hood Option

Mounting Considerations
Frames1…7
• Mount the drive upright on a flat, vertical and level surface.
• Verify the drive is in full contact with the mounting surface as depicted in
Figure 11.
Frames8…10
• Install the drive upright on a flat and level surface.
• Verify the drive cabinet is square, vertical, and stable.
• Verify the filter and debris screens are installed.
AllFrames
• Protect the cooling fan by avoiding dust or metallic particles.
• Do not expose to a corrosive atmosphere.
• Protect from moisture and direct sunlight (unless rated for outdoor use).
Environmental Specifications
Maximum Surrounding Air Temperature
IP20, NEMA/UL Open Type:
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 (w/Hood):
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 (w/Label):
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 (MCC Cabinet):
IP54, NEMA 12 (MCC Cabinet):
Flange Mount –
Front:
Back/Heat Sink:
IP66, NEMA/UL Type 4X
Stand-alone/Wall Mount –
IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12
0…50 °C (32…122 °F)
0…50 °C (32…122 °F)
0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
0…50 °C (32…122 °F)
0…50 °C (32…122 °F)
0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
0…40 °C (32…104 °F)
Frame 1…5, All Ratings
Storage Temperature (all const.): -40…70 °C (-40…158 °F)
Atmosphere: Important: Drive must not be installed in an area where the ambient
atmospherecontainsvolatileorcorrosivegas,vaporsordust.Ifthedriveis
not going to be installed for a period of time, it must be stored in an area
where it will not be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere.

Step 3: Lift and Mount the
Drive
Drive Weights
All lifting equipment and lifting components (hooks, bolts, lifts, slings, chains,
and so forth) must be properly sized and rated to safely lift and hold the weight of
the drive while mounting.
Table 3 - Approximate Drive Weights - Frames 1…10
Table 4 - Maximum Component Weights - Frames 8…10
ATTENTION: To guard against possible personal injury and/or equipment damage…
• Inspect all lifting hardware for proper attachment before lifting drive.
• Donotallowanypartofthedriveorliftingmechanismtomakecontactwithelectrically
charged conductors or components.
• Do not subject the drive to high rates of acceleration or deceleration while transporting
to the mounting location or when lifting.
• Do not allow personnel or their limbs directly underneath the drive when it is being
lifted and mounted.
Drive Frame
Size
Drive Rating Enclosure Code/Weight kg(lb)
kW (400V, 690V) Hp (480V, 600V) F G N R
Standard
(20F, 20G)
AC Input
and Common
DC Input
1 0.75…7.5 1…10 6 (13)
2 0.75…11 1…15 8 (17) 8 (17) 8 (17)
3 15…22 0.5…30 12 (26) 12 (26) 12 (26)
4 30…37 20…50 14 (30) 14 (30) 14 (30)
5 45…55 30…70 20 (45) 20 (45) 20 (45)
6 5.5…75 75…100 37 (82) 89 (197) 37 (82)
45…132 50…200 38 (84) 91 (200) 39 (85)
7 132…200 150…300 69 (152) 135 (297) 79 (174)
200…250 300…350 96 (212) 162 (357) 106 (234)
B, L P, W J K, Y
Standard
(20G)
AC Input 8 250…400 350…650 623 (1374) 1145 (2525) 644 (1419) 1166 (2570)
9 500…850 700…1250 1246 (2748) 2290 (5051) 1287 (2838) 2332 (5141)
10 900…1250 1350…1750 1869 (4122) 3435 (7576) 1931 (4257) 3498 (7711)
Common DC
Input
8 250…400 350…650 566 (1248) 1088 (2400) 586 (1293) 1109 (2445)
9 500…850 700…1250 1132 (2497) 2176 (4799) 1173 (2587) 2218 (4889)
10 900…1250 1350…1750 1698 (3745) 3264 (7199) 1760 (3880) 3327 (7334)
with Options
(21G)
AC Input 8 250…400 350…650 1145 (2525) 1675 (3694) 1166 (2570) 1696 (3739)
9 500…850 700…1250 1730 (3815) 2820 (6219) 1771 (3905) 2862 (6309)
10 900…1250 1350…1750 2315 (5106) 3965 (8745) 2377 (5241) 4028 (8880)
Component Weight kg(lb)
AC Input Common DC Input
Converter/DC Input w/Precharge 64 (140) 64 (140)
Inverter 222 (490) 165 (363)
Drive Assembly (Open, IP00) 286 (630) 229 (504)
Power Option Assembly with Circuit Breaker and Reactor 296 (653) –

Recommended Mounting Hardware
Frame Size Fastener Size Notes
1
M6 (1/4 in.)
2
3
4
5
6
7 M8 (5/16 in.)
8
M12 (1/2 in.) Property Class 8.8 (Minimum)9
10
IMPORTANT Mounting hardware is provided with enclosure type F (Flange mount) drives. The
hardware supplied must be used to meet the enclosure rating.

Attach Lifting Hardware
Figure 13 - Rigging Geometry
Enclosure Code F
Frame 6 Lifting Points – 2 Places
>1/2 A
A
<45°
>1/2 A
A
<45°

Enclosure Code N
Enclosure Code G
Frame 6 and 7 Lifting Points – 4 Places

Open Type Drive (Removed From Cabinet)
Drive Assembly – IP00, NEMA/UL Type Open Drive Lifting Points – 2 Places
Enclosure Codes B and L

Frame 9 and 10 Lifting Points – 2 Places
Enclosure Codes J, K, and Y
Frame 9 with Cabinet Options Bay Lifting Points – 2 Places

Release Drive Cabinet Frame 8 and Larger Shipping Skid
Remove the bolts fastening a vertically oriented drive cabinet to the shipping skid
and lift.
Remove the shipping crate that encloses a horizontally oriented drive cabinet on
the shipping skid and lift.
>1/2 A
A
<45°
>1/2 A
A
<45°
M10 x 25 17 mm

Remove Drive Cabinet Lifting Angle
After the drive cabinet is in its final position, remove the lifting angle.
M12
67.8 N•m (600 lb•in) 18 mm
Frame 8
Frame 9
Frame 10

Install IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 Debris Screen or Optional Exhaust Hood
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 drives are equipped with a top mounted debris screen.
An optional exhaust hood is also available as a kit (20-750-HOOD1-F8).
1. Install the supplied debris screen over the exhaust vent.
or
Install the optional exhaust hood with the grill facing the front of the drive.
2. Secure with the four screws provided.
Install IP54, NEMA 12 Cabinet Blower Assembly and Exhaust Hood
IP54, NEMA 12 drives are equipped with top a mounted blower assembly and
exhaust hood.
1. Install the cabinet blower assembly. Note the required power connection.
2. Secure with the ten screws provided.
3. Install the exhaust hood with the grill facing the front of the drive.
4. Secure with the four screws provided.
4.0 N•m (35 lb•in)
T25
Debris Screen (Supplied) Exhaust Hood (Optional Kit)
4.0 N•m (35 lb•in)
T25

Approximate Dimensions - Drive Frames 1…10
Table 5 - Dimension Drawing Index
See page 67 for dimensions of drives with cabinet options.
Frame Description Page
1 IP20, NEMA/UL Open Type 38
IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12 39
IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12, Bottom Access 40
Flange Mount 41
Flange Mount 42
Flange Mount 43
Flange Mount 44
1…5 NEMA/UL Type 1 Kit 45
1…5 NEMA/UL Type 1, Bottom Access 46
1…5 EMC Plate Kit 47
Flange Mount 50
NEMA/UL Type 1 Kit 51
Flange Mount 53
NEMA/UL Type 1 Kit 54
8 IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet, 600 mm (23.6 in.) Deep 55
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 56
IP54, NEMA 12, MCC Style Cabinet, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 57
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet, 600 mm (23.6 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 62
IP54, NEMA 12, MCC Style Cabinet, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 66

Figure 14 - IP20, NEMA/UL Open Type, Frames 1…5 (Frame2Shown)
Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).
Weights are in kilograms and (pounds).
M6 (#10 or #12) mounting hardware recommended.
Frame A B C D E F Weight kg(lb)
1 110.0
(4.33)
400.5
(15.77)
211.0
(8.31)
68.0
(2.68)
82.0
(3.23)
390.4
(15.37)
6.0
(12.75)
2 134.5
(5.30)
424.2
(16.70)
212.0
(8.35)
100.0
(3.94)
100.0
(3.94)
404.2
(15.91)
7.8
(17.2)
3 190.0
(7.48)
454.0
(17.87)
212.0
(8.35)
158.0
(6.22)
158.0
(6.22)
435.0
(17.13)
11.8
(26.1)
4 222.0
(8.74)
474.0
(18.66)
212.0
(8.35)
194.0
(7.64)
202.0
(7.95)
455.0
(17.91)
13.6
(30.0)
5 270.0
(10.63)
550.0
(21.65)
212.0
(8.35)
238.0
(9.37)
238.0
(9.37)
531.0
(20.91)
20.4
(45.0)
14.3 (0.56)
6.4 (0.25)
A
D
B
F
C
E

Figure 15 - IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12, Frames 2…5 (Frame 2 Shown)
Weights are in kilograms and (pounds).
M6 (1/4 in.) mounting hardware recommended.
Figure 16 - P54, NEMA/UL Type 12, Frames 2…5 Human Interface Module Access
Frame A B C D E Weight kg(lb)
2 215.3 (8.48) 543.2 (21.39) 222.2 (8.75) 100.0 (3.94) 528.2 (20.80) 7.8 (17.2)
3 268.0 (10.55) 551.0 (21.69) 220.1 (8.67) 158.0 (6.22) 533.0 (20.98) 11.8 (26.1)
4 300.0 (11.81) 571.0 (22.48) 220.1 (8.67) 194.0 (7.64) 553.0 (21.77) 13.6 (30.0)
5 348.0 (13.70) 647.0 (25.47) 220.1 (8.67) 238.0 (9.37) 629.0 (24.76) 20.4 (45.0)
No. Description
➊ Flexible panel molded into the IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12 cover.
➋ Human Interface Module, Catalog Number 20-HIM-A6, under coverin control pod cradle.
A
C
E
B
14.3 (0.56)
6.4 (0.25)
D
➊
➋

Figure 17 - IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12, Frames 2…5, Bottom Access
179.4
(7.06) 146.4
(5.76) 109.4
(4.31)
88.1 (3.47)
85.7 (3.37)
65.1 (2.56)
44.5 (1.75)
42.1 (1.66)
136.5
(5.37)
183.5
(7.22)
49.8 (1.96)
62.3 (2.45)
92.8 (3.65)
123.3 (4.85)
135.8 (5.35)
136.5
(5.37)
182.0
(7.17)
51.8 (2.04)
76.8 (3.02)
108.8 (4.28)
140.8 (5.54)
165.8 (6.53)
141.9
(5.59)
181.9
(7.16)
52.8 (2.08)
92.8 (3.65)
132.8 (5.23)
172.8 (6.80)
212.8 (8.38)
2x: Ø22.0
(Ø0.87)
2x: Ø43.7
(Ø1.72)
2x: Ø50.0
(Ø1.97)
2x: Ø43.7
(Ø1.72)
3x: Ø29.0
(Ø1.14)
3x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
3x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
3x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
Frame 2 Frame 3
Frame 4 Frame 5

Figure 18 - Flange Mount, Frame 2
IMPORTANT Must use mounting hardware supplied to meet enclosure rating.
206.2
(8.12)
212.0
(8.35)
481.8
(18.97)
63.7
(2.51)
175.3
(6.90)
65.3
(2.57)
285.3
(11.23)
395.3
(15.56)
460.6
(18.13)
19.2 (0.76)
94.2 (3.71)
169.2 (6.66)
188.3 (7.41)
14x: Ø3.50
(Ø0.138)
128.00 +1.80/-0.00
(5.0 +0.1/-0.0)
399.60 +1.80/-0.00
(15.7 +0.1/-0.0)
30.5
(1.20)
30.2
(1.19)

260.0
(10.24)
212.0
(8.35)
515.0
(20.28)
142.8
(5.62)
37.8
(1.48)
247.8
(9.76)
352.8
(13.89)
457.8
(18.02)
495.5
(19.51)
32.3 (1.27)
120.3 (4.74)
208.3 (8.20)
240.5 (9.47)
16x: Ø3.50
(Ø0.138)
4x: 5.00R
(0.197R)
179.00 +1.80/-0.00
(7.047 +0.070/-0.000)
434.00 +1.80/-0.00
(17.087 +0.070/-0.000)
84.6
(3.33)
30.75
(1.211)
30.75
(1.211)

211.9
(8.34)
292.0
(11.50)
84.5
(3.33)
535.0
(21.06)
211.00 +1.80/-0.00
(8.307 +0.070/-0.000)
30.75
(1.211)
454.00 +1.80/-0.00
(17.874 +0.070/-0.000)
147.75
(5.817)
37.75
(1.486)
30.75
(1.211)
257.75
(10.148)
367.75
(14.478)
477.75
(18.809)
515.50
(20.295)
48.25 (1.900)
136.25 (5.364)
224.25 (8.829)
272.50 (10.728)
16x: Ø3.50
(Ø0.138)
4x: 5.00R
(0.197R)

211.9
(8.34)
340.0
(13.39)
611.0
(24.06)
259.0 +1.8/-0.0
(10.20 +0.07/-0.00)
531.0 +1.8/-0.0
(20.91 +0.07/-0.00)
125.75
(4.951)
40.75
(1.604)
210.75
(8.297)
295.75
(11.644)
380.75
(14.990)
465.75
(18.337)
550.75
(21.683)
591.50
(23.287)
40.25 (1.585)
120.25 (4.734)
200.25 (7.884)
280.25 (11.033)
320.50 (12.618)
22x: Ø3.50
(Ø0.138)
84.5
(3.33)
30.75
(1.211)
4x: 5.00R
(0.197R)
30.25
(1.191)

Figure 22 - NEMA/UL Type 1 Kit, Frames 1…5 (Frame 4 Shown)
Frame A B C D
1 215.4 (8.48) 458.8 (18.06) – –
2 222.2 (8.75) 497.1 (19.57) 117.7 (4.63) 38.0 (1.50)
3 223.1 (8.78) 530.1 (20.87) 154.7 (6.09) 38.0 (1.50)
4 222.7 (8.77) 564.4 (22.22) 154.7 (6.09) 40.0 (1.57)
5 222.7 (8.77) 665.4 (26.20) 155.0 (6.10) 55.0 (2.17)
IMPORTANT NEMA Type 1 Kits (20-750-NEMA-Fx) do not change the mounting dimensions in
Figure 14.
B
A
CD

Figure 23 - NEMA/UL Type 1, Frames 1…5, Bottom Access
171.6
(6.76) 137.6
(5.42) 94.6
(3.72)
89.7 (3.53)
87.0 (3.43)
67.5 (2.66)
48.0 (1.89)
45.3 (1.78)
156.7
(6.17)
118.7
(4.67)
168.7
(6.64)
60.0 (2.36)
65.0 (2.56)
95.0 (3.74)
125.0 (4.92)
130.0 (5.12)
5x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
2x: Ø43.7
(Ø1.72)2x: Ø29.0
(Ø1.14)
5x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
5x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
2x: Ø43.7
(Ø1.72)
118.7
(4.67)
168.7
(6.64)
187.0
(7.36)
62.8 (2.47)
76.8 (3.02)
110.8 (4.36)
144.8 (5.70)
158.8 (6.25)
123.0
(4.84)
173.0
(6.81)
187.0
(7.36)
69.0 (2.72)
90.0 (3.54)
135.0 (5.31)
180.0 (7.09)
201.0 (7.91)
2x: Ø50.0
(Ø1.97)
5x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
72.1 (2.84)
71.9 (2.83)
41.4 (1.63)
39.7 (1.56)
171.6
(6.76) 137.6
(5.42) 94.6
(3.72)
171.6
(6.76)
2x: Ø22.2
(Ø0.87)
2x: Ø29.0
(Ø1.14)
Frame 3
Frame 5
Frame 2
Frame 4
Frame 1

Figure 24 - EMC Plate Kit, Frames 1…5 (Frame4Shown)
Frame A B C D E F
1 110.0 (4.33) 478.8 (18.85) 400.5 (15.77) 78.3 (3.08) 37.4 (1.47) 73.4 (2.89)
2 134.5 (5.30) 485.9 (19.13) 424.2 (16.70) 61.7 (2.43) 43.5 (1.71) 79.5 (3.13)
3 190.0 (7.48) 514.0 (20.24) 454.0 (17.87) 60.0 (2.36) 74.0 (2.91) 116.0 (4.57)
4 222.0 (8.74) 533.7 (21.01) 474.0 (18.66) 59.7 (2.35) 84.0 (3.31) 138.0 (5.43)
5 270.0 (10.63) 609.7 (24.00) 550.0 (21.65) 59.7 (2.35) 77.8 (3.06) 191.8 (7.55)
IMPORTANT EMCKits (20-750-EMC-Fx) donotchangethe mounting dimensions in Figure14.Refer
to the PowerFlex 750-Series EMC Plate and Core(s) Installation Instructions,
publication 750-IN006, for detailed information on kit installation.
F
D
C
E
A
B

Figure 25 - IP00, NEMA/UL Open Type, Frames 6 & 7 (Frame 6 Shown)
Frame 6: M6 (#12) mounting hardware recommended.
Frame 7: M8 (5/16 in.) mounting hardware recommended.
GE
F
DC 6.4 (0.25)
14.5 (0.57)
A
B
ø6.5 (0.26)
ø14.5 (0.57)
6
7
8.5 (0.33)
25.0 (0.98)
ø8.5 (0.33)
ø16.0 (0.63)
Frame A B C D E F G Weight
kg(lb)
6 308.0
(12.13)
665.5
(26.20)
346.4
(13.64)
283.0
(11.14)
623.0
(24.53)
254.0
(10.00)
609.0
(23.98)
38.6
(85.0)
7 430.0
(16.93)
881.5
(34.70)
349.6
(13.76)
380.0
(14.96)
838.0
(32.99)
330.0
(12.99)
825.0
(32.48)
72.6…108.9
(160.0…240.0)
IMPORTANT Always install mounting hardware in all four corners
of the mounting legs for stability.
Only install mounting hardware through the top key
holes to help insure the drive is securely fastened to
the mounting surface.
At the bottom of the mounting legs, either the key
holes or optional open mounting slots may be used.

Figure 26 - IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12, Frame 6
➊ Human Interface Module, Catalog Number 20-HIM-C6S, required to meet
enclosure rating.
558.8
(22.00)
609.4
(23.99)
464.7
(18.30)
1298.3
(51.11)
1238.3
(48.75)
1058.1
(41.66)
10.5 (0.41)
ø22.0 (0.87)
➊

208.4
(8.20)
346.4
(13.64)
308.0
(12.13)
665.5
(26.20)
162.0
(6.38)
24.0
(0.94)
262.0
(10.31)
362.0
(14.25)
462.0
(18.19)
562.0
(22.13)
600.0
(23.62)
624.0
(24.57)
26.0 (1.02)
91.0 (3.58)
193.0 (7.60)
258.0 (10.16)
225.5 (8.88)
284.0 (11.18)
24x: Ø6.4
(Ø0.25)
138.0
(5.43)
561.0 +2.0/-1.5
(22.09 +0.08/-0.06)
268.0 +2.0/-1.5
(10.60 +0.08/-0.06)
8.0
(0.30)
62.0
(2.44) 31.5
(1.24)
58.5 (2.30)
IMPORTANT Must use Flange Adapter kit (20-750-FLNG4-F6) to meet enclosure rating.

Figure 28 - NEMA/UL Type 1 Kit, Frame 6
IMPORTANT NEMA Type 1 Kit (20-750-NEMA-F6) does not change the mounting dimensions in
Figure 25.
308.0
(12.13)
346.7
(13.65)
945.1
(37.21)

Figure 29 - IP54, NEMA/UL Type 12, Frame 7
➊ Human Interface Module, Catalog Number 20-HIM-C6S, required to meet
enclosure rating.
558.8
(22.00)
609.6
(24.00)
464.8
(18.30)
1614.0
(63.54)
1543.1
(60.75)
10.5 (0.41)
ø22.0 (0.87)
1058.4
(41.67)
➊

875.0
(34.45)
430.0
(16.93)
208.4
(8.20)
138.0
(5.43)
509.6
(20.06)
28.0
(1.10)
431.2
(16.98)
352.8
(13.89)
274.4
(10.80)
196.0
(7.72)
117.6
(4.63)
588.0
(23.15)
666.4
(26.24)
744.8
(29.32)
784.0
(30.87)
812.0
(31.97)
39.2
(1.54)
768.0
(30.24)
50.38 (1.98)
151.13 (5.95)
251.88 (9.92)
352.63 (13.88)
403.00 (15.87)
32x: Ø7.0
(Ø0.28)
387.0
(15.24)
8.0
(0.31)
8.0
(0.31)
IMPORTANT Must use Flange Adapter kit (20-750-FLNG4-F7) to meet enclosure rating.

Figure 31 - NEMA/UL Type 1, Frame 7
430.0
(16.93)
1271.0
(50.04)
1221.0
(48.07)
881.8
(34.72)
825.0
(32.48)
380.0
(14.96)
389.0
(15.31)
20.5
(0.81) 561.0
(22.08)
389.2
(15.32)
8.5 (0.33)
ø16.0 (0.63)
430.0
(16.93)
339.2
(13.35)

Figure 32 - IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8 (EnclosureCode B)
M12 (1/2 in.) Property Class 8.8 anchoring hardware recommended to
fasten the drive cabinet through its internal mounting angle to the
foundation. Anchor bolts may be pre-located and embedded in the
foundation prior to instillation.
2453
(96.6)
600
(23.6)
440
(17.3)
2300
(90.6)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
ø18.0
(0.71)
68
(2.7)
542
(21.3)
1183
(46.6)
500
(19.7)
141
(5.6)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
➌
➊
➋
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
1464
(57.6)
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
TOP
No. Description
➊ Power wiring conduit plates.
➋ Control wiring conduit plates.
➌ Recommended three-hole anchoring.

Figure 33 - IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8
(EnclosureCodesL,P,W)
2453
(96.6)
600
(23.6)
800
(31.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
240
(9.4)
1374
(54.1)
292
(11.5)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
270
(10.6)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
➍
➊
➋
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
➌
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➌ Disconnect switch (SW2). Common DC Input drives.
➍ Recommended three-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
TOP

Figure 34 - IP54, NEMA 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8 (Enclosure Codes K and Y)
IP54, UL Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8 (EnclosureCode J)
2477
(97.5)
800
(31.5)600
(23.6)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
898
(35.4)
240
(9.4)
1374
(54.1)
292
(11.5)
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
➍
➋
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
➌
680
(26.8)
547
(21.5)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➍ Recommended three-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
TOP

2453
(96.6)
1200
(47.2)
2300
(90.6)
440
(17.3)
600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
ø18.0
(0.71)
68
(2.7)
542
(21.3)
1183
(46.6)
500
(19.7)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
500
(19.7)
141
(5.6)
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
➌
1464
(57.6)
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
TOP
No. Description
➌ Recommended four-hole anchoring.

1200
(47.2)
800
(31.5)
240
(9.4)
1374
(54.1)
292
(11.5)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
➊
➋
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
270
(10.6)➊
➋
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
➊
➋
➌ ➌
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➍
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➌ Disconnect switches (SW2). Common DC Input drives.
➍ Recommended four-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
TOP

2477
(97.5)
800
(31.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
898
(35.4)
240
(9.4)
➌
680
(26.8)
547
(21.5)
1374
(54.1)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
292
(11.5)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
➌
2477
(97.5)
1200
(47.2)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➌
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
➋
152
(6.0)
➋
➍
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
BOTTOM
BOTTOM
TOP

2453
(96.6)
1800
(70.9)
2300
(90.6)
440
(17.3)
600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
127
(5.0)
➌
➊
➋
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
440
(17.3)
68
(2.7)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
1464
(57.6)
BOTTOM
TOP
No. Description
➌ Recommended seven-hole anchoring.

Figure 39 - IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 10 Bottom Access
(EnclosureCodeB)
No. Description
ø18.0
(0.71)
542
(21.3)
1183
(46.6)
500
(19.7)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
500
(19.7)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
1269
(50.0)
1500
(59.1)
1731
(68.1)
500
(19.7)
141
(5.6)
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋

1800
(70.9)
800
(31.5)
240
(9.4)
➍
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
➊
➋
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
➊
➋
➌ ➌ ➌
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
270
(10.6)➊
➋
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➌ Disconnect switches (SW2). Common DC Input
drives.
➍ Recommended seven-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
TOP

No. Description
1374
(54.1)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
➊
➋
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
292
(11.5)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
1500
(59.1)
1731
(68.1)
1269
(50.1)

800
(31.5)
898
(35.4)
240
(9.4)
➍
680
(26.8)
547
(21.5)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
➋
152
(6.0)
➋
152
(6.0)
➋
➌
2477
(97.5)
1800
(70.9)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➌ ➌
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➌ Disconnect switches (SW2). Common DC
Input drives.
BOTTOM
TOP

Figure 43 - IP54, NEMA 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 10 Bottom Access (Enclosure CodesKandY)
IP54, UL Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 10 Bottom Access (Enclosure CodeJ)
No. Description
1374
(54.1)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
292
(11.5)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
1500
(59.1)
1731
(68.1)
1269
(50.1)

Approximate Dimensions - Drives with Cabinet Options
Table 6 - Dimension Drawing Index
Frame Description Page
8 IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 600 mm (23.6 in.) Deep 68
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay, 600 mm (23.6 in.) Deep 69
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 70
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 71
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 72
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 73
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 74
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay and Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 75
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay and Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep,
Bottom Access
76
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 79
IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 80
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 81
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Wiring Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 82
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 83
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep, Bottom Access 84
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay and Wiring Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep 85
IP54, NEMA Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet with Cabinet Options Bay and Wiring Bay, 800 mm (31.5 in.) Deep,
Bottom Access
86

(EnclosureCodeB - 600mmDeepDrivewithCabinet Options Bay)
2453
(96.6)
1200
(47.2)
2300
(90.6)
68
(2.7)
76
(3.0)
180
(7.1)
127
(5.0)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
ø18.0
(0.71)
542
(21.3)
43
(1.7)
600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
➊
➊
➋
➊
➊
➋
➌
1808
(71.2)
500
(19.7)
440
(17.3)
205
(8.1)
141
(5.6)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP
BOTTOM

(EnclosureCodeB withP14 - 600 mm Deep Drivewith WiringBay)
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
ø18.0
(0.71)
542
(21.3)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
500
(19.7)
460
(18.1)
398
(15.7)
141
(5.6)
127
(5.0)
344
(13.5)
➊
➊
➊➋
➊
➊
➋
➌
76
(3.0)
1200
(47.2)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
68
(2.7)
183
(7.2)
183
(7.2)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP
BOTTOM

(EnclosureCodeL,P,W - 800 mmDeepDrivewithCabinet Options Bay)
152
(6.0)
2453
(96.6)
1200
(47.2)
2300
(90.6)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
102
(4.0)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
800
(31.5)
240
(9.4)
292
(11.5)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
200
(7.9)
➊ ➊
➋
➊
➊➋
➌
➍
1808
(71.2)
270
(10.6)
270
(10.6)
440
(17.3)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➌ Option bay disconnect switch.
BOTTOM
TOP
BOTTOM

(With P14 - 800 mmDeepDrive withWiringBay)
➊
➊
800
(31.5)
909
(35.8)
244
(9.6)
675
(26.6)
556
(21.9)
24
(1.0)
556
(21.9)
310
(12.2)
310
(12.2)
480
(18.9)
➌
2477
(97.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➌➌
2477
(97.5)
1200
(47.2)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
1464
(57.6)
152
(6.0)
➋
102
(4.0)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP

Figure 48 - IP54, NEMA 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8 Bottom Access(Enclosure CodesKandY)
IP54, UL Type 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8 Bottom Access (EnclosureCodeJ)
No. Description
270
(10.6)
➊
➋
➊
➋
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
200
(7.9)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)

(800mmDeepDrivewithCabinet Options Bay)
➌
2477
(97.5)
2300
(90.6)
2400
(94.5)
1464
(57.6)
800
(31.5)
1030
(40.6)
244
(9.6)
675
(26.6)
556
(21.9)
24
(1.0)
556
(21.9)
152
(6.0)
➋
102
(4.0)
1703
(67.0)
➊
➋
152
(6.0)
480
(18.9)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP

Figure 50 - IP54, NEMA 12, MCC Style Cabinet, Frame 8 Bottom Access (EnclosureCodesKandY)
No. Description
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
➊
➋
➊
➋
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
440
(17.3)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
76
(3.0)

(800mmDeepDrivewithWiringBayand Cabinet Options Bay)
➌
➊➊
➊
2477
(97.5)
2300
(90.6)
1800
(70.9)
1464
(57.6)
800
(31.5)
1030
(40.6)
244
(9.6)
675
(26.6)
556
(21.9)
24
(1.0)
556
(21.9)
➋
152
(6.0)
➋
102
(4.0)
152
(6.0)
310
(12.2)
480
(18.9)
1703
(67.0)
480
(18.9)
310
(12.2)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP

(800mmDeepDrivewithWiringBayand Cabinet Options Bay)
No. Description
➊
➋
➊
➋
➊
➋
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
1269
(50.0)1500
(59.1)1731
(68.1)
440
(17.3)
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
440
(17.3)
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
200
(7.9)
270
(10.6)
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)

600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
➊
➊
➊➋
1800
(70.9)
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
➊
➋
➌
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
183
(7.2)
183
(7.2)
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
68
(2.7)
440
(17.3)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP

No. Description
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
1269
(50.0)
ø18.0
(0.71)
542
(21.3)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
500
(19.7)
460
(18.1)
344
(13.5)
➊
➊
➋
1500
(59.1)
1731
(68.1)
500
(19.7)
141
(5.6)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
398
(15.7)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)

1800
(70.9)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
800
(31.5)
240
(9.4)
➊ ➊
➋
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
➊
➋
➌
➍
1808
(71.2)
270
(10.6)
270
(10.6)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
BOTTOM
TOP

No. Description
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
200
(7.9)
➊
➊➋
➊
➋
1269
(50.0)1500
(59.1)1731
(68.1)
292
(11.5)
127
(5.0)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)

➊
➍
➊
2477
(97.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➌➌
2477
(97.5)
1800
(70.9)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
1464
(57.6)
➌
800
(31.5)
909
(35.8)
244
(9.6)
675
(26.6)
556
(21.9)
24
(1.0)
556
(21.9)
152
(6.0)
➋
152
(6.0)
➋
102
(4.0)
310
(12.2)
310
(12.2)
480
(18.9)
No. Description
➌ SW2 drive disconnect switch.
TOP
BOTTOM

(800 mmDeepDrivewithWiringBay)
No. Description
270
(10.6)
➊
➋
➊
➋
76
(3.0)
➊
➋
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
1269
(50.0)1500
(59.1)1731
(68.1)
200
(7.9)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)

➎
➍
➊
2477
(97.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➌➌
2477
(97.5)
1800
(70.9)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
1464
(57.6)
➌
800
(31.5)
1030
(40.6)
244
(9.6)
675
(26.6)
556
(21.9)
24
(1.0)
556
(21.9)
152
(6.0)
➋ ➋
152
(6.0)
➋
102
(4.0)
152
(6.0)
310
(12.2)
480
(18.9)
1703
(67.0)
No. Description
➍ Option bay disconnect switch.
➎ Recommended seven-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
TOP

No. Description
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
➊
➋
➊
➋
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
➊
➋
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
440
(17.3)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
1269
(50.0)1500
(59.1)1731
(68.1)
76
(3.0)

(800mmDeepDrivewithCabinet Options Bay and Wiring Bay)
➎
➍
2477
(97.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
➌➌
2477
(97.5)
2400
(94.5)
2300
(90.6)
1862
(73.3)
1464
(57.6)
➌
800
(31.5)
1030
(40.6)
244
(9.6)
675
(26.6)
556
(21.9)
24
(1.0)
556
(21.9)
152
(6.0)
➋
152
(6.0)
➋
102
(4.0)
1703
(67.0)
➊ ➊
➊
➋
152
(6.0)
310
(12.2)
310
(12.2)
480
(18.9)
480
(18.9)
No. Description
➍ Option bay disconnect switch.
➎ Recommended eight-hole anchoring.
TOP
BOTTOM

(800mmDeepDrivewithCabinet Options Bay and Wiring Bay)
➊
➋
➊
➋
➊
➋
➊
➋
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)669
(26.3)900
(35.4)1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
1269
(50.0)1500
(59.1)1731
(68.1)1869
(73.6)2100
(82.7)2331
(91.8)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
200
(7.9)
270
(10.6)
440
(17.3)
270
(10.6)
127
(5.0)
440
(17.3)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)
No. Description

(EnclosureCodeB withP14 - 600 mm Deep DriveandWiringBay)
600
(23.6)
240
(9.4)
➊
➊
➊➋
➌
2400
(94.5)
➊
➋
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
➊
➋
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
183
(7.2)
183
(7.2)
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
440
(17.3)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
68
(2.7)
440
(17.3)
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➌ Recommended eight-hole anchoring.
➍ Recommended eight-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
TOP

(EnclosureCodeB withP14 - 600 mm Deep DriveandWiringBay)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
1269
(50.0)
ø18.0
(0.71)
542
(21.3)
43
(1.7)
69
(2.7)
500
(19.7)
460
(18.1)
344
(13.5)
1500
(59.1)
1731
(68.1)
500
(19.7)
➊
➋
➊
➊
➋
500
(19.7)
141
(5.6)
127
(5.0)
➊
➋
1869
(73.6)
2100
(82.7)
2331
(91.8)
76
(3.0)
76
(3.0)
398
(15.7)
76
(3.0)
No. Description

(EnclosureCodeL,P,W-800 mmDeepDriveandCabinetOptionsBay)
2400
(94.5)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
270
(10.6)
152
(6.0)
800
(31.5)
240
(9.4)
➊ ➊
➋
440
(17.3)
152
(6.0)
➊
➋
➍
440
(17.3)
270
(10.6)
152
(6.0)
102
(4.0)
➊
➋
2453
(96.6)
2300
(90.6)
➌
1464
(57.6)
No. Description
➍ Recommended eight-hole anchoring.
BOTTOM
TOP

(EnclosureCodeL,P,W-800 mmDeepDriveandCabinetOptionsBay)
300
(11.8)
531
(20.9)
669
(26.3)
900
(35.4)
1131
(44.5)
69
(2.7)
ø18.0
(0.71)
742
(29.2)
43
(1.7)
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
440
(17.3)
200
(7.9)
➊
➊➋
➊
➋
1269
(50.0)
1500
(59.1)
1731
(68.1)
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
➊
➋
292
(11.5)
127
(5.0)
76
(3.0)
440
(17.3)
1869
(73.6)
2100
(82.7)
2331
(91.8)
No. Description

Figure 67 - Bus Bar Dimensions (AC Input)
➊ To connect to the DC bus bars, a PowerFlex 750-Series Side DC Bus Bar
Option Kit (20-750-BUS1A-F8) is required.
369
(14.5)
511
(20.1)
671
(26.4)
841
(33.1)
1006
(39.6)
1171
(46.1)
1336
(52.6)
1501
(59.1)
1666
(65.6)
1854
(73.0)
125
(4.9)
R / L1
S / L2
T / L3
DC+
DC-
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
PE
PE
➊

Figure 68 - Bus Bar Dimensions (Common DC Input)
369
(14.5)
511
(20.1)
671
(26.4)
841
(33.1)
1006
(39.6)
1171
(46.1)
1854
(73.0)
125
(4.9)
776
(31.0)
839
(33.0)
1436
(57.0)
1499
(59.0)
PE
PE
DC+
DC-
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
Control Rail
UPS Rail

Figure 69 - Bus Bar Dimensions (MCC Bus)
971.6
(38.25)
1301.8
(51.25)
971.6
(38.25)
1136.7
(44.75)
1301.8
(51.25)
Common DC Input DriveAC Input Drive

Figure 70 - Roll-out Cart Dimensions
Approximate weight: 27.2 kg (60 lb)
See page 108 for spacer height combinations.
750.5
(29.5)
631.8
(24.9)
840.1
(33.1)
167.8
(6.6)
962.5
(37.9)
290.2
(11.4)

Release Drive Assembly From Cabinet
To access the interior of the drive cabinet to complete installation and power
wiring connections, remove the drive assembly from the cabinet.
1. Open the cabinet door.
2. Remove the side shields (No. ➍ Figure 71).
3. Remove the bus bar connector bolts. Numbers ➊, ➋, and ➌ in Figure 71.
4. Disconnect the two captive bolts connecting the converter chassis to the
exhaust vent (No. ➎ Figure 72).
5. Disconnect the four captive bolts connecting the converter chassis to the
cabinet frame (No. ➏ Figure 72).
6. Disconnect the six captive bolts connecting the inverter chassis to the
cabinet frame (No. ➐ Figure 72).
IMPORTANT Before removing the drive assembly, be sure the cabinet is in its intended installed
position. Height adjustments to the roll-out cart can not be made while carrying a
drive.
IMPORTANT When removing both the inverter and converter drive sections from the
cabinet, do not disconnect the captive bolts holding the two sections
together. The inverter-to-converter connector bolts are labeled ➑ in Figure
72.

Figure 71 - Side Shield and Bus Bar Connections
No. Description Torque Recommended Tool
➊ Converter input power connections. 22.6 N•m (200 lb•in) T45 hexalobular (Torx)
➋ DC bus connections (if equipped). 22.6 N•m (200 lb•in) T45 hexalobular (Torx)
➌ Inverter output power connections. 22.6 N•m (200 lb•in) T45 hexalobular (Torx)
➍ Side shields 2.8 N•m (25 lb•in) T25 hexalobular (Torx)
➊
➊
➋
➌ ➌
➍
➍ ➍
➍
Common DC Input DriveAC Input Drive

Figure 72 - Drive-To-Cabinet Connections
➎ Converter-to-vent hood anchor bolts (2 places). 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) 5 mm hex key (Allen)
➏ Converter-to-cabinet anchor bolts (4 places). 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) 5 mm hex key (Allen)
➐ Inverter-to-cabinet anchor bolts (6 places). 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) 5 mm hex key (Allen)
➑ Inverter-to-converter connector bolts (2 places). 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) 5 mm hex key (Allen)
➎
➏
➏
➐
➑
➐
➐
➎
➏
➑
➐
➐
➏
➏
➐
➎
➑
➐
➐
➏
➐
AC Input Drive Shown

Release Power Option Assembly From Cabinet
To access the interior of the power option cabinet to complete installation and
power wiring connections, remove the power option assembly from the cabinet.
1. Open the cabinet door.
2. Disconnect the six captive bolts connecting the power option assembly to
the cabinet frame (No. ➒ Figure 73).
IMPORTANT Before removing the power option assembly, be sure the cabinet is in its intended
installed position. Height adjustments to the roll-out cart can not be made while
carrying the assembly.

Figure 73 - Power Option-To-Cabinet Connections
➒ Power option assembly-to-cabinet anchor bolts (6
places).
11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) 5 mm hex key (Allen)
➒
➒
➒
➒
➒
➒➒
➒
➒
Power Option Shown

Fiber-Optic Cables
Disconnect Drive Control Pod Wiring Connections
Frame 8 drives, with drive control pod installed, complete steps 1 and 2 of this
procedure.
Frame 9 and larger drives, with drive control pod installed, complete steps 1
through 7 of this section.
If the drive control pod is mounted remotely, skip this section.
1. Remove the right front cover.
IMPORTANT Fiber-optic cables have a minimum bend radius of 50 mm (2 in.). If cables are over
bent, damage will occur.
IMPORTANT For Frame 8 drives, the fiber-optic cables used to connect the fiber interface board to
both the converter (AC Input) / DC precharge (DC Input) control board and the inverter
powerlayerinterfaceboardmustbethesamelength.Thecablesprovidedare560mm
(22 in.) in length.
IMPORTANT For Frame 9 andlargerdrives, the fiber-optic cables used to connectthe fiberinterface
boardtothepowerlayerinterfaceboardmustbethesamelength.Thecablesprovided
are 2.8 m (110 in.) in length.
T20 or F 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
1.8 N•m(16.0 lb•in)
Frame 8 Shown

2. Disconnect the HIM cable ➊.
3. Disconnect the 24V wire harness ➋ fromTB1 and P14 on the fiber
interface board.
4. Disconnect any fiber-optic cables ➌ from the fiber interface board. This
step is not necessary on Frame 8 drives.
5. Unlock the three cable supports ➍ along the left inside wall of the drive
control pod.
6. Open the releasable cable tie ➎ at the top of the drive control pod.
7. Without bending the cables to a radius less than 50 mm (2 in.), lift the
24V wire harness and fiber-optic cables out of the drive control pod.
Support the cable bundle so it is out of the way of the drive assembly when
it is rolled out of the cabinet.
➌
➊
➍
➎
➋TB1
➋
P14

Disconnect Wire Connections - No Drive Control Pod
This procedure applies to Frame 8 drives with a remotely mounted drive control
pod and to the right hand cabinets of Frame 9 and larger drives.
1. Remove the right front cover.
2. Disconnect the 24V wire harness ➊ from TB1.
3. Disconnect the fiber-optic cable ➋ from INV on the power layer interface
board.
T20 or F 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
1.8 N•m(16.0 lb•in)
Frame 9 Shown

4. Open the three releasable cable ties ➌ along the right inside wall of the
drive control pod.
5. Without bending the cables to a radius less than 50 mm (2 in.), lift the
24V wire harness and fiber-optic cable out of the drive control pod.
Support the cable bundle so it is out of the way of the drive assembly when
it is rolled out of the cabinet.
➋
➌
➊
TB1

Disconnect Control and Power Wire Harnesses
ACInput Drives
1. Disconnect the cabinet fan /cabinet blower assembly wiring harness ➊
from TB2-3 and TB2-4.
2. Disconnect the cabinet shunt trip harness ➋ (if used) from TB2-1 and
TB2-2.
Disconnect DC Bus Fuse Wire Harness
ACInputDrivesFrame9andLarger
Disconnect the DC Bus wiring harness ➊ from TB6.
➊
➋
➊

CommonDCInputDrives
1. Disconnect the cabinet fan /cabinet blower assembly harnesses ➊ from
TB2-5 and TB2-6.
2. Disconnect the 120/240V control power input harness ➋ from TB2-3
and TB2-4.
3. Disconnect 120V UPS control power input ➌ (if used) from TB2-1 and
TB2-2.
4. Disconnect the digital I/O wiring ➍ (if used) from TB3
5. Disconnect the door interlock wiring ➎ (if used) from TB4
6. Disconnect the 120V UPS control power output wiring ➏ (if used) from
TB5.
➏
➊
➋
➌
➎
➍

Prepare the Roll-Out Cart
The 20-750-CART1-F8 Roll-out Cart is required to remove the Frame 8 drive
from the cabinet. It can be adjusted for reach and height.
Figure 74 - Roll-out Cart Features
No. Description
➊ Adjustment for Curb Offset/Reach: 0…114 mm (0…4.5 in.)
➋ Adjustable Curb Height: 0…182 mm (0…7.2 in.)
No. Description
➊ Threaded studs and nuts allow precision height and leveling adjustments (four positions)
➋ Bubble levels help with fine adjustment of the cart deck (three positions)
➌ Handle
➍ Retaining clips positively engage the cart with the drive cabinet (two positions)
➎ Alignment track keeps the drive in the correct position
➏ Cart deck
➐ Cart chassis
➑ Drive stop and capture screws
➋
➊
➏
➎
➑
➋
➍
➌
➊
➐
➍

AdjustRoll-OutCartHeight UsingThreadedStudsandNuts
The height of the Roll-out Cart deck can be adjusted using the threaded leveling
studs and nuts.
• Maximum height = 155.5 mm (6.1 in.)
• Minimum height = 116 mm (4.6 in.)
• Adjustment range = 30 mm (1.2 in.) up, 9.5 mm (0.4 in.) down from the
factory setting of 125.5 mm (4.9 in.)
1. Loosen and back off the top nuts on the four threaded leveling studs ➊.
2. Turn the bottom supporting nuts to raise or lower the cart deck ➋. Right
hand nut rotation lowers the deck. Left hand rotation raises the deck.
Make uniform half-turn adjustments to each of the four threaded studs in
an alternating pattern to help prevent binding and maintain a level
orientation.
3. At the desired height, verify the deck is level using the three bubble levels.
4. Tighten the top nuts.
125.5 +30.0/-9.5
(4.9 +1.2/-0.4)
➊ ➋
M10 x 1.5
17 mm
1
3
2
4

AdjustRoll-OutCartHeightUsingSpacers
The height of the Roll-out Cart deck can be adjusted using the I-beam spacers
provided.
Spacer Height Combinations
Each of the base heights below have adjustment range of +30.0 mm (1.2 in.) and -
9.5 mm (0.4 in.).
➊ ➋
No. Description
➊ Four 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) spacers
➋ Two 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) spacers
125.5
(4.9)
163.6
(6.4)
201.7
(7.9)
239.8
(9.4)
277.9
(10.9)

1. Remove the Roll-out Cart deck by removing the top nuts of the four
threaded leveling studs.
2. Lift the deck off of the four threaded leveling studs.
M10 x 1.5
17 mm

3. Remove the bolts securing the casters to chassis.
4. Select the spacer or spacers required. Combine spacers using bolts
provided as needed.
M6 x 1.0 10 mm
M6 x 1.0
11.8 N•m (104 lb•in) 10 mm

5. Bolt the spacer or spacer assembly to the bottom of the cart chassis.
6. Bolt the cross beams to the bottom of the spacers.
M6 x 1.0
11.8 N•m (104 lb•in) 10 mm
M6 x 1.0
11.8 N•m (104 lb•in) 10 mm

7. Bolt the casters to the bottom spacer.
8. Determine reach required and install the deck in Position A or Position B.
See next section for details.
M6 x 1.0
11.8 N•m (104 lb•in)
10 mm
M10 x 1.5
17 mm

AdjustRoll-OutCartReach
Figure 75 - Reach Position A
Figure 76 - Reach Position B
ATTENTION: A tip over hazard exists. To guard against death, serious personal injury,
and/or equipment damage, verify the Drive Stop (see Figure 74) is in the same position
as the corresponding threaded leveling studs. The weight of the drive must be evenly
distributed over the cart wheels.
78
(3.1)
142
(5.6)

Remove Drive Assembly or Power Option Assembly
This section assumes that the steps in Release Drive Assembly From Cabinet or
Release Power Option Assembly From Cabinet and Prepare the Roll-Out Cart
have been completed.
1. Carefully push the prepared Roll-out Cart to the front of the drive cabinet.

2. Use the alignment track to center the Roll-out Cart and engage the two
retaining clips.

DriveAssembly
Use the handle above the fan intake to slowly and smoothly pull the drive
assembly on to the Roll-out Cart.
ATTENTION: This drive has a high center of gravity and a tip-over hazard exists. To
guardagainstdeath,seriouspersonalinjury,and/orequipmentdamage,donotsubject
thedrivetohighratesofaccelerationordecelerationwhiletransporting.Donotpushor
pull above the points indicated on the drive.

PowerOptionAssembly
Use the two handles on each side of power option assembly to slowly and
smoothly pull the assembly on to the Roll-out Cart.

3. Engage and tighten the capture screws to lock the drive assembly or power
option assembly to the Stop.
4. Release the retaining clips to roll the drive assembly or power option
assembly away from the cabinet.
ATTENTION: The drive assembly and power option assembly have a high center of
gravity and a tip over hazard exists. To guard against death, serious personal injury,
and/or equipment damage, do not subject the drive assembly or power option
assembly to high rates of acceleration or deceleration while transporting. Do not push
or pull above the points indicated.
IMPORTANT Take precautions when using the Roll-out Cart to move the drive.
• Only use the Roll-out Cart to move the drive or power option a short distance in
order to gain access to the cabinet interior.
• Do not attempt to move the drive or power option on the Roll-out Cart with the
handle alone. The Roll-out Cart handle is designed for positioning the empty cart.
• Only use the cart on a smooth and level surface.
• Verify the path for the cart is clear of debris and obstacles.
• Avoid sloped and rough surfaces.
• Always move the drive or power option slowly.

Remove DC Back Bus Guard - Common DC Input Drives
To complete the power wiring connections in the Common DC Input drive
cabinet, remove the DC Back Bus Guard ➋ to access the power terminals.
No. Description
➊ 120/240V Control Rail Guard
➋ DC Back Bus Guard
➌ 120V Interruptible Power Supply (UPS) Rail Guard
➊
➌
➋ T45
5.1 N•m (45 lb•in)
7/16 in.
5.1 N•m(45 lb•in)
7/16 in.
5.1 N•m (45 lb•in)

Reinstall Drive Assembly or Power Option Assembly
After cabinet installation and power wiring is complete, reinstall the drive
assembly or power option assembly in the cabinet.
1. Align the Roll-out Cart and drive assembly or power option with the
cabinet and lock into position according to the procedures described in
Remove Drive Assembly or Power Option Assembly on page 114.
2. Disengage the capture screws and slowly push the drive assembly or power
option assembly into the cabinet.
3. Secure the assembly-to-cabinet connections then the bus connections.
Refer to Side Shield and Bus Bar Connections on page 96 for torque
values.

Step 4: Power Wiring Most start-up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring. Every precaution must
be taken to assure that the wiring is done as instructed. All items must be read and
understood before the actual installation begins.
Grounding Requirements
The drive Safety Ground-PE must be connected to system ground. Ground
impedance must conform to the requirements of national and local industrial
safety regulations and/or electrical codes. The integrity of all ground connections
should be periodically checked.
Recommended Grounding Scheme
A single point (PE only) grounding scheme should be used. Some applications
may require alternate grounding schemes, refer to Wiring and Grounding
Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication
DRIVES-IN001, for more information. These applications include installations
with long distances between drives or drive line-ups, which could cause large
potential differences between the drive or line-up grounds.
For installations within a cabinet, a single safety ground point or ground bus bar
connected directly to building steel should be used. All circuits including the AC
input ground conductor should be grounded independently and directly to this
point/bar.
Figure 77 - Typical Grounding
ATTENTION: The following information is merely a guide for proper installation.
Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility for the compliance or the
noncompliance to any code, national, local or otherwise for the proper installation of
this drive or associated equipment. A hazard of personal injury and/or equipment
damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.
U (T1)
V (T2)
W (T3)
R (L1)
S (L2)
T (L3)
SHLD
PE

Shield Termination - SHLD
The Shield terminal (see page 124) provides a grounding point for the motor
cable shield. It must be connected to an earth ground by a separate continuous
lead. The motor cable shield should be connected to this terminal on the drive
(drive end) and the motor frame (motor end). Use a shield terminating or EMI
clamp to connect shield to this terminal.
RFI Filter Grounding
Using an optional RFI filter may result in relatively high ground leakage currents.
Therefore, the filter must only be used in installations with grounded AC
supply systems and be permanently installed and solidly grounded (bonded)
to the building power distribution ground. Be sure that the incoming supply
neutral is solidly connected (bonded) to the same building power distribution
ground. Grounding must not rely on flexible cables and should not include any
form of plug or socket that would permit inadvertent disconnection. Some local
codes may require redundant ground connections. The integrity of all
connections should be periodically checked. Refer to the instructions supplied
with the filter.
Power Cable Types Acceptable for 200…600 Volt Installations
For detailed information on a variety of cable types that are acceptable for drive
installations, refer to Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width
Modulated (PWM) AC Drive, publication DRIVES-IN001.
Wire Recommendations
ATTENTION: National Codes and standards (NEC, BSI and so forth) and local codes
outline provisions for safely installing electrical equipment. Installation must comply
with specifications regarding wire types, conductor sizes, branch circuit protection and
disconnect devices. Failure to do so may result in personal injury and/or equipment
damage.
Type Description Min. Insulation Rating
Power (1)(2)
(1) Control and signal wires should be separated from power wires by at least 0.3 meters (1 foot).
(2) The use of shielded wire for AC input power may not be necessary but is always recommended.
Standard • Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE
insulation.
• Copper braid/aluminum foil combination
shield and tinned copper drain wire.
• PVC jacket.
600V,
75 °C (167 °F)

Motor Considerations
Due to the operational characteristics of AC variable frequency drives, motors
with inverter grade insulation systems designed to meet or exceed NEMA MG1
Part 31.40.4.2 standards for resistance to spikes of 1600 volts are recommended.
Guidelines must be followed when using non-inverter grade motors to avoid
premature motor failures. Refer to Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse
Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001 for
recommendations.
Terminal Block Specifications
Table 7 - Frames 1…5 Power Terminal Block
Table 8 - Frames 6 & 7 Power Terminal Block
Table 9 - Frames 1…7 PE Grounding Stud
Frame Wire Size Range(1) (2)
(1) Maximum/minimum wire sizes that the terminal block will accept - these are not recommendations.
(2) Terminal blocks are designed to accept a single wire.
Strip Length Recommended
Torque
Recommended Tool(s)
Maximum Minimum
1 4.0 mm2
(10 AWG)
0.2 mm2
(24 AWG)
8.0 mm
(0.31 in.)
0.57 N•m
(5 lb•in)
#1 Flat Screwdriver
2 4.0 mm2
(10 AWG)
0.2 mm2
(24 AWG)
8.0 mm
(0.31 in.)
0.57 N•m
(5 lb•in)
#1 Flat Screwdriver
3 16.0 mm2
(6 AWG)
0.5 mm2
(20 AWG)
10.0 mm
(0.39 in.)
1.2 N•m
(10.6 lb•in)
#2 Flat Screwdriver
4 25.0 mm2
(3 AWG)
2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
10.0 mm
(0.39 in.)
2.7 N•m
(24 lb•in)
#2 Pozidrive®
492-C Phillips®
0.25 in. Flat Screwdriver
5 35.0 mm2
(1 AWG)
10.0 mm2
(8 AWG)
12.0 mm
(0.5 in.)
4.0 N•m
(35 lb•in)
#2 Pozidrive®
492-C Phillips®
0.25 in. Flat Screwdriver
Frame Maximum Lug
Width(1)
(1) Lugs are supplied by the user.
Recommended
Torque
Terminal Bolt Size Recommended
Tool
6 34.6 mm (1.36 in.) 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) M8 x 1.25 13 mm Hex Socket
7 43.5 mm (1.71 in.) 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) M8 x 1.25 13 mm Hex Socket
Frame Recommended
Torque
Terminal Bolt/Screw
Size
Recommended Tool
1 1.36 N•m (12 lb•in) M4 T20 hexalobular (Torx)
#1 Flat Screwdriver
2 1.36 N•m (12 lb•in) M4 7 mm Hex Deep Socket
6 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) M8 13 mm Hex Socket
7 11.3 N•m (100 lb•in) M8 13 mm Hex Socket

Three-Phase Terminal Locations
Figure 78 - Frame 1…5 Power Terminal Block and Termination Point Locations
➊ ➊
➊
➌ ➊
➌
➋
➌
➋
➌
➋
➋
➍
➎
➊
➌
➋
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 1
No. Name Description
➊ Power Terminal Block R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, BR1, BR2, +DC, -DC, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
➋ PE GroundingStuds Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor
shields.
➌ PE-A and PE-B MOV and CMC Jumpers
➍ Optional NEMA/UL Type 1 Conduit
Box
TerminatingpointtochassisgroundforincomingACline,motorshields,
and control wire shields.
➎ Optional EMC Plate TerminatingpointtochassisgroundforincomingACline,motorshields,

Figure 79 - Frame 6 and 7 Power Terminal and Termination Point Locations
➌
➎
➍
➊ ➋
➋
➊
➌
➎
➍
➍
Frame 6
Frame 7400/480V drives shown.
➊ Power Terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
➋ PE Grounding Studs Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor
shield.
➌ DC Bus and Brake Terminals +DC, -DC, BR1, BR2 (Optional)
➍ PE-A and PE-B MOV and CMC Jumpers
➎ DC+ and DC- Bus Voltage Test Points

Frame 1…7 AC Input Power Terminals
Frame Power Terminal Blocks
1
2
3
4
5
6(1) (2)
(1) DCBusTerminalsareoptionalon Frame6and 7drives:catalognumberposition5orinstallkitnumber 20-750-DCBB1-F6(Frame6)
or 20-750-DCBB1-F7 (Frame 7).
Dynamic Brake Resistor Terminals are optional on Frame 6 and 7 drives: catalog number position 12.
Refer to Catalog Number Explanation on page 9.
(2) If the use of two conductors is desired, an AC Terminal Extension Kit (20-750-ACTE-F6) is available for Frame 6 drives.
When nuts are fully seated on the
Frame 6 power terminals, the stud
will not extend beyond the top edge
of the nut. Thread engagement is
sufficient for a secure connection.
7 (1)
L1
R
L2
S
L3
T
BR
1
BR
2
+
DC
-
DC
T1
U
T2
V
T3
W
L1
R
L2
S
L3
T
BR
1
BR
2
+
DC
-
DC
T1
U
T2
V
T3
W

Table 10 - Terminal Designations
Terminal Description Notes
+DC DC Bus (+) DC Input Power or Dynamic Brake Chopper
-DC DC Bus (–) DC Input Power or Dynamic Brake Chopper
BR1 DC Brake (+) Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection (+)
BR2 DC Brake (–) Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection (–)
U U (T1) Motor Connections (1)
(1) Important: Motors withNEMA MG1 Part 31.40.4.2 inverter grade insulationsystems are recommended. If you intendto connect a
motor that is not rated inverter grade, refer to Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives,
publication DRIVES-IN001 for recommendations.
V V (T2)
W W (T3)
R R (L1) AC Line Input Power
S S (L2)
T T (L3)
PE / PE Ground Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor
shield.

Frame 5…7 Common DC Input Terminal Locations
Figure 80 - Frame 5 Common DC Input Power Terminal and Termination Point Locations
➊ Power Terminal Connections +DC, -DC, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
➋ PE Grounding Studs Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming DC line and motor
shields.
➌ PE-B CMC Jumper Screw
➍ Optional NEMA/UL Type 1 Conduit
Box
TerminatingpointtochassisgroundforincomingACline,motorshields,
➎ Optional EMC Plate TerminatingpointtochassisgroundforincomingACline,motorshields,
➊
➌
➋➋
➍
➎
Frame 5

Figure 81 - Frame 6 and 7 Common DC Input Power Terminal and Termination Point Locations
➋
➊
➌
➎
➍
➌
➎
➍
➊
➋
Frame 6
Frame 7
➊ Power Terminals +DC, -DC, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
➋ PE Grounding Studs Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming DC line and motor
shield.
➌ DC Bus and Brake Terminals +DC, -DC, BR1, BR2
➍ PE-B CMC Jumper Wire

Frame 5…7 Common DC Input Power Terminals
Table 11 - Common DC Input Terminal Designations
Frame Power Terminal Blocks
5
6 (1)
(1) Dynamic Brake Resistor Terminals are optional on Frame 6 and 7 drives: catalog number position 12.
Refer to Catalog Number Explanation on page 9.
7 (1)
Terminal Description Notes
+DC DC Bus (+) DC Input Power
-DC DC Bus (–) DC Input Power
BR1 DC Brake (+) Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection (+)
BR2 DC Brake (–) Dynamic Brake Resistor Connection (–)
U U (T1) Motor Connections (1)
(1) Important: Motors withNEMA MG1 Part 31.40.4.2 inverter grade insulationsystems are recommended. If you intendto connect a
motor that is not rated inverter grade, refer to Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives,
publication DRIVES-IN001 for recommendations.
V V (T2)
W W (T3)
PE / PE Ground Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming DC line and motor
shield.

Frame 8…10 Bus Bar Locations
Figure 82 - Bus Bar Locations, AC Input Drives
➊ Power Bus R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 (Drive only.)
➋ DC Bus DC+, DC- (The DC Bus is included with frame 9 and 10 drives. Frame 8 drives require
the field installed kit 20-750-BUS1A-F8.)
➌ Power Bus U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 (Drive only or Cabinet Options Bay without power output options.)
➍ PE Grounding Bar Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor shield.
➋
➊
➌
➍
➍
➎
R / L1
S / L2
T / L3
DC+
DC–
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
PE
PE
Frame 8

Figure 83 - Bus Bar and AC Power Rail Locations, Common DC Input Drives
Table 12 - Frame 8 Common DC Input
➊
➋
➌
➌
DC+
DC–
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
PE
PE
➐
➍
➏
➎
Frame 8
Hot
Neutral
Hot
Neutral
➊ DC Power Bus DC+,DC-
➋ Power Bus U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
➌ PE Grounding Bar Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor shield.
➍ Control Rail 120V AC control power supply connections.Top rail is hot.
➎ Control Power Circuit Breaker 120V AC control power supply circuit breaker.
➏ UPS Rail 120V AC Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) connections. Top rail is hot.
➐ DC+ and DC- Bus Voltage Test Points

Figure 84 - Bus Bar Locations, Frame 8 Option P14 Wiring Bay
Table 13 - Frame 8 Wiring Bay
See Frame 8…10 Power Terminal L-Brackets on page 137 for information on
making cable connections on extruded bus bars.
➊ Power Bus R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
➌ PE Grounding Bar Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor
shield.
➋
➊
➌
➌
R / L1
S / L2
T / L3
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
PE
PE
964
(38.0)
936
(36.9)

Cabinet Options Bay
Figure 85 - Bus Bar Locations, Frame 9 Cabinet Options Bay (Power Option Assembly Removed)
Table 14 - Frame 9 Cabinet Options Bay Bus Bars
See Frame 8…10 Power Terminal L-Brackets on page 137 for information on
making cable connections on extruded bus bars.
➋
➊
➌
➌
R / L1
S / L2
T / L3
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
PE
PE
964
(38.0)
936
(36.9)
L-brackets (24 Assemblies)
➊ Power Bus R/L1, S/L2, T/L3
➌ PE Grounding Bar Terminating point to chassis ground for incoming AC line and motor
shield.

Option P3 or P5 Disconnect Switch Wiring Clearance
452.6
(17.8)
500.8
(19.7)

Frame 8…10 Power Wiring Options
The following table describes the cabling options available for each Frame 8…10
drive enclosure. Refer to pages 55…90 for conduit plate dimensions.
O X
Adequate Spacing
Availableconduitplatesprovideadequate
spacing for typical cabling.
Possible – Evaluation is Required
Available conduit plates must be
evaluated to determine if cabling will fit.
Not Possible – Insufficient Spacing
Conduit plates are not available for the
specified configuration.
Frame Enclosure Rating Enclosure Code Cabinet Layout
Top Entry/
Top Exit
Top Entry/
Bottom Exit
Bottom Entry/
Top Exit
Bottom Entry/
Bottom Exit
8 IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 B 600 mm Drive Cabinet X X O
L, P, W 800 mm Drive Cabinet O O
B 600 mm Drive with Power Option Bay X O
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay O
B 600 mm Drive with Wiring Bay
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Wiring Bay
B 600 mm Drive with Power Option and Wiring Bays
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay and Wiring Bays
IP54, NEMA Type 12 J,K, Y 800 mm Drive Cabinet X X X
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay X O O
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Wiring Bay
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay and Wiring Bays
9 IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 B 600 mm Drive Cabinet O O O
L, P, W 800 mm Drive Cabinet
B 600 mm Drive with Power Option Bay X
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay and Wiring Bays
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay O O
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Wiring Bay
10 IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1 B 600 mm Drive Cabinet O O O
L, P, W 800 mm Drive Cabinet O
B 600 mm Drive with Power Option Bay X X
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay
L, P, W 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay and Wiring Bays X
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Power Option Bay X O O
J,K, Y 800 mm Drive with Wiring Bay O

Frame 8…10 Power Terminal L-Brackets
Frame 8 drives and larger utilize movable L-bracket assemblies to connect AC
line input power, output to motor, and DC power to the extruded bus bars at the
back of the cabinet. Wiring must be connected to the L-brackets using customer-
supplied lugs (either crimp or mechanical type) and customer-supplied hardware.
See Figure 87.
AdditionalPowerTerminalL-Brackets
Frame 8 and larger drives come equipped with two L-brackets per AC phase. If an
application requires additional L-brackets, kit number 20-750-LBRKT1 is
available. Each kit contains three L-brackets and mounting hardware.
Figure 86 - L-Bracket Approximate Dimensions
Crimp terminals should be applied to cabling using the vendor-recommended
tooling. Mechanical terminals should be torqued per vendor instructions. When
using mechanical terminals, which may be large, be sure to maintain adequate
spacing to adjacent wires, terminals, and other parts.
IMPORTANT Verify that clamp fits squarely in the bus bar slot.
M10 x 1.5
38.0 N•m (336 lb•in)
17 mm
52.7
(2.25)
85.1
(3.35)
ø 14.0
(0.55)
21.2
(0.83)
44.5
(1.75)

Figure 87 - Standard Barrel Lugs: Approximate Maximum Dimensions
Wires with appropriate terminals can be bolted to both sides of the L-brackets if
required. Frame 8 drives include two L-brackets per phase, allowing up to four
conductors per phase. Terminals should be attached to the L-brackets using M12
or 0.5 in. diameter bolts, nuts and washers. Bellville spring washers, or equivalent,
are recommended.
Figure 88 - Typical Lug Connection Options
44.5
(1.75)
31.8
(1.25)
127.0
(5.0)
ø 12.7
(0.5)
Left side of L-bracket. Right side of L-bracket. Both sides of L-bracket.

Recommended Motor Cable Spacing - Frame 8 and Larger
Frame 8 and larger drives typically require multiple conductors in parallel. Wire
size and number of conductors must be determined by the customer based on
drive rated current, local codes, operating conditions, and specific application
needs. When using multiple conductors per phase, symmetrical spacing of the
input and output power cabling over the span of the bus bar for each phase is
recommended.
When using multiple conductors per phase, wires must be arranged so that each
conduit, bundle, or cable contains equal numbers of conductors from all three
phases.
Figure 89 - Recommended Cable Spacing Example - Frame 9 without Cabinet Options Bay

Figure 90 - Top And Bottom Entry Power Connection Example
IMPORTANT Verify that all lug fasteners and L-brackets are properly torqued to 38.0 N•m (336
lb•in). Torque down or remove any unused L-brackets.
AC Input
AC Output
DC Input

Figure 91 - Cabinet Clearances
102
(4.0)
69
(2.7)
600
(23.6)
269
(10.6)
800
(31.5)
102
(4.0)

Fuse and Circuit Breaker Ratings
The tables on the following pages provide recommended AC line input fuse and
circuit breaker information. See Fusing and Circuit Breakers on the next page for
UL and IEC requirements. Sizes listed are the recommended sizes based on 40 °C
(104 °F) and the U.S. NEC. Other country, state, or local codes can require
different ratings. DC link fuse recommendations for DC input drives are also
provided. In addition, Frame 8 and larger drives include AC line fuses (with
blown fuse indicators) to provide drive short circuit protection.
Input DeviceRequirements
Frames Enclosure
Catalog Code
Enclosure Type Installation Type UL Certification Required UL Certification
Not Required
1 R IP20
NEMA/UL Open Type
Installed in a non-ventilated cabinet. All devices listed on pages 144 and 148 are
acceptable.
All devices listed on pages
144 through 157 are
acceptable.Installed outside of cabinet using NEMA
Type 1 kit or in a ventilated cabinet.
Only non-time delay fuses listed on pages 144
and 148, excluding maximum value, are
acceptable.
2…5 N IP20
NEMA/UL Open Type
Installed in a non-ventilated cabinet. Heat
sink is inside or outside of cabinet.
All devices listed on pages 144, 148, 152, and
156 are acceptable.
F Flange
N IP20
NEMA/UL Open Type
Installed outside of cabinet using NEMA
Type 1 kit or in a ventilated cabinet.
400V AC/540V DC or 480V AC/650V DC drives:
Only non-time delay fuses listed on pages 144
and 148, excluding maximum value, are
acceptable.
600V AC/810V DC drives:
Only non-time delay fuses listed on page 152
are acceptable, with maximum value of 40A
(Frame 3), 60A (Frame 4) and 100A (Frame 5).
F Flange
G IP54
NEMA/UL Type 12
Installed inside or outside of any cabinet. All devices listed on pages 144, 148, 152, and
156 are acceptable.
6…7 N IP00
NEMA/UL Open Type
Installed in any cabinet.
Heat sink is inside or outside of cabinet.
All devices listed on pages 144, 148, 152, and
156 are acceptable.
Only time delay and non-time delay fuses
listed on pages152 and 156 are acceptable.
Installed outside of cabinet using NEMA
Type 1 kit.
G IP54
NEMA/UL Type 12
Installed inside or outside of any cabinet. All devices listed on pages 144, 148, 152, and
156 are acceptable.
8…10 B, L, P, W IP20
NEMA/UL Type 1
Installed inside of any cabinet. All devices listed on pages 146, 150, 154 and
157 are acceptable.
J, K, Y IP54
NEMA 12
Installed inside or outside of any cabinet. All devices listed on pages 146, 150, 154 and
157 are acceptable.

Fusing
The recommended fuse types are listed below. If available current ratings do not
match those listed in the tables provided, choose the next higher fuse rating.
• IEC – BS88 (British Standard) Parts 1 & 2, EN60269-1, Parts 1 & 2(1),
type gG or equivalent should be used.
• UL – UL Class CC, T, RK1, J, or L should be used.
CircuitBreakers
The “non-fuse” listings in the following tables include inverse time circuit
breakers, instantaneous trip circuit breakers (motor circuit protectors) and 140M
self-protected combination motor controllers. If one of these is chosen as the
desired protection method, the following requirements apply:
• IEC – Both types of circuit breakers and 140M self-protected
combination motor controllers are acceptable for IEC installations.
• UL – Only inverse time circuit breakers and the specified 140M self-
protected combination motor controllers are acceptable for UL
installations.
(1) Typical designations include, but may not be limited to the following; Parts 1 & 2: AC, AD, BC, BD, CD, DD, ED, EFS, EF, FF,FG, GF, GG,
GH.

400VoltACand540VoltDCInputProtectionDevices-Frames1…7
Applied
Rating
(1)
Frame(2)
Cont.
Output
Amps
DriveSizedForNormalDuty
DriveSizedForHeavy
Duty
Input
QuantitiesACInputProtectionDevices
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Protection(10)
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
ContinuousAC
Input
DualElement
TimeDelay
Fuse
Non-Time
DelayFuse
Circuit
Breaker
MaxSize
(5)
Motor
Circuit
Protector
(6)
140MTypeECombinationMotorControllerwith
AdjustableCurrentRange(7)(8)
Continuous
DCInput
Non-Time
DelayFuse(x=ForG)1min3sec(x=ForG)1min3seckVAAmpsMin(3)
Max(4)
Min(3)
Max(4)
Cat.No.
MinEnclosure
Volume(in.3
)(9)
Amps
400VoltACInput540VoltDCInput
0.75kW12.120x…C2P12.33.220x…C2P12.33.21.21.72323153M-C2E-B25M-D8E-B2572692.1JKS-6
2.2kW1520x…C5P05.57.520x…C5P05.57.53.14.56666207M-C2E-B63M-D8E-B6372695.3JKS-10
4.0kW18.720x…C8P79.613.120x…C8P79.613.15.47.8101510153015M-C2E-C10M-D8E-C10M-F8E-C1072699.3HSJ15
5.5kW111.520x…C01112.717.320x…C01113.117.37.410.7152015204515M-C2E-C16M-D8E-C16M-F8E-C16726912.6HSJ20
2.2kW2520x…C5P07.59.020x…C5P07.59.03.14.5610620207M-C2E-B63M-D8E-B6390865.3JKS-10
4.0kW28.720x…C8P713.015.620x…C8P713.015.65.47.81017.510303015M-C2E-C10M-D8E-C10M-F8E-C1090869.3HSJ15
11kW22220x…C02224.233.020x…C03033.045.014.621.1304530808030M-D8E-C25M-F8E-C25908624.6HSJ40
15kW33020x…C03033.045.020x…C03745.055.519.928.740604012010050M-F8E-C32908633.6HSJ50
18.5kW33720x…C03740.755.520x…C04355.566.624.535.445804512511050M-F8E-C45908641.4HSJ70
22kW34320x…C04347.364.520x…C06066.090.028.541.25590551501206048.1HSJ90
30kW46020x…C06066.090.020x…C07290.0108.039.857.4751257522518010067.1HSJ100
37kW47220x…C07279.2108.020x…C085108.0129.648.970.5901509027520010082.4HSJ125
45kW58520x…C08593.5127.520x…C104127.5156.057.783.311017511032525015097.3HSJ150
55kW510420x…C104114.4156.020x…C140156.0210.071.3102.9130225130400300150120.2HSJ175
75kW614020x…C140154.0210.020x…C170210.0255.095.0137.2175300175550400250160.3HSJ250
90kW617020x…C170187.0255.020x…C205255.0307.5115.4166.5225375225600500250194.6HSJ350
110kW620520x…C205225.5307.520x…C260307.5390.0139.1200.8275450275600600400234.7HSJ350
132kW626020x…C260286.0390.020x…C302390.0468.0176.5254.7325575325750700400297.7HSJ400
160kW730220x…C302332.2453.020x…C367453.0550.5205.0295.9400675400900900600345.7Bussman
170M6608
200kW736720x…C367403.7550.520x…C456550.5684.0249.1359.547580047510001100600420.2Bussman
170M6612
250kW745620x…C456501.6684.0309.5446.7600100060018001300600522.0Bussman
170M6613
Seepage145fornotes.

(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“C022”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona11kWmotor,orinHeavyDutymodeona7.5kWmotor.A“C015”drivecanbeusedinHeavyDutymodeona5.5kWmotorwith
thesameratingsasa“C011.”Thedrivecanbeprogrammedforeithermode.Wiringandfusescanbesizedbasedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwith
respecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].
(2)EnclosurecodesF,N,andRonly.SeeFrame/RatingCross-ReferenceinPowerFlex750-SeriesACDrivesTechnicalData,publication750-TD001,forframesizesofotherenclosuretypes.
(3)Minimumprotectiondevicesizeisthelowestrateddevicethatsuppliesmaximumprotectionwithoutnuisancetripping.
(4)Maximumprotectiondevicesizeisthehighestrateddevicethatsuppliesdriveprotection.ForUSNEC,minimumsizeis125%ofmotorFLA.Ratingsshownaremaximum.
(5)CircuitBreaker-inversetimebreaker.ForUSNEC,minimumsizeis125%ofmotorFLA.Ratingsshownaremaximum.
(6)RecommendedMotorcircuitprotector-Instantaneoustripcircuitbreaker.Thetripsettingshouldbesettotheinputcurrentofthedriveandshouldbesizedforthecontinuouscurrentofthesystem.
(7)Bulletin140Mwithadjustablecurrentrangeshouldhavethecurrenttripsettotheminimumrangethatthedevicewillnottrip.
(8)ManualSelf-Protected(TypeE)CombinationMotorController,ULlistedfor480Y/277Vand600Y/347VACInput.NotULlistedforuseon480Vor600VDelta/Delta,cornerground,orhigh-resistancegroundsystems.
(9)WhenusingaManualSelf-Protected(TypeE)CombinationMotorController,thedrivemustbeinstalledinaventilatedornon-ventilatedenclosurewiththeminimumvolumespecifiedinthiscolumn.Applicationspecificthermalconsiderationsmayrequirealarger
enclosure.
(10)SeeFuseCertificationandTestDatainPowerFlexACDrivesinCommonBusConfigurationsApplicationGuidelines,publicationDRIVES-AT002,forfuseself-certificationandtestdataforBussmann170MandJKSfusesrecommendedfortheDCbusfusing.

Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)
ACInputProtectionDevicesRecommendedforBranchCircuitProtection
(Doesnotapplyto21GDriveswithOptions)
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(8)
DualElement
TimeDelayFuseNon-TimeDelayFuse
Circuit
Breaker
Max
Size(6)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(7)
ContinuousDC
Input
1min3secAmpsAmpsAmps
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
AmpsAmps
400VACInput540VDCInput
200kW8385Heavy20G…C4605786933801100–500–850500–110011005004431600
250kW8460Normal20G…C4605066934551100–600–1000600–130013006005291600
456Heavy20G…C5406848214501100–600–1000600–130013006005251600
472Heavy20G…C5677088514661100–600–1000600–140014006005431600
315kW8540Light20G…C460594–5341100–7003501200700350160016007006211600
540Normal20G…C5405948215331100–7003501200700350160016007006211600
540Heavy20G…C6508109755331100–700–1200700–160016007006211600
315kW8585Light20G…C540644–5781100–7503751300750375170017008006731600
567Normal20G…C5676248515601100–7503751200750375170017007006521600
585Heavy20G…C75087811255771100–7503751300750375170017008006731600
355kW8612Light20G…C567673–6041100–8004001300800400180018008007041600
650Normal20G…C6507159756401100–8504251400850425190019008007481600
642Heavy20G…C77096311556341100–8004001400800400190019008007391600
400kW8750Light20G…C650825–7391100–1000500160010005002200220010008631600
750Normal20G…C75082511257391100–1000500160010005002200220010008631600
770Normal20G…C77084711557581100–1000500170010005002300230010008861600
450kW8796Light20G…C750876–7841100–1000500170010005002300230010009161600
832Light20G…C770915–8191100–1100550180011005502400240012009571600
400kW9750Heavy20G…C9101125136573911001400(3)
9004501700900450220022009008631600(3)
500kW9880Heavy20G…C1K01320158486711001400(3)
11005502000110055026002600110010131600(3)
910Heavy20G…C1K11365163889611001400(3)11005502000110055027002700110010471600(3)
910Normal20G…C9101001136589611001400(3)
11005502000110055027002700110010471600(3)
560kW91040Light20G…C9101144–102411001400(3)
13006502300130065031003100130011971600(3)
1040Normal20G…C1K011441584102411001400(3)13006502300130065031003100130011971600(3)
1040Heavy20G…C1K215601872102411001400(3)
13006502300130065031003100130011971600(3)
630kW91090Light20G…C1K01199–107311001400(3)
13506752400135067532003200135012541600(3)
1090Normal20G…C1K111991638107311001400(3)13506752400135067532003200135012541600(3)
1090Heavy20G…C1K416352198107311001400(3)
13506752400135067532003200135012541600(3)
continuedonpage147

400VACInput(continued)540VDCInput(continued)
710kW91175Light20G…C1K11293–115711001400(3)
14507252600145072535003500145013521600(3)
1175Normal20G…C1K212931872115711001400(3)
14507252600145072535003500145013521600(3)
1175Heavy20G…C1K517632220115711001400(3)
14507252600145072535003500145013521600(3)
101325Heavy20G…C1K619882385130511001400(3)
16508252900165082539003900165015251600(3)
800kW91465Light20G…C1K21612–144311001400(3)
18009003200180090043004300180016861600(3)
1465Normal20G…C1K416122198144311001400(3)
18009003200180090043004300180016861600(3)
850kW91480Light20G…C1K41628–145711001400(3)
18009003300180090044004400180017031600(3)
1480Normal20G…C1K516282220145711001400(3)
18009003300180090044004400180017031600(3)
900kW91600Light20G…C1K51760–157611001400(3)
19509753500195097547004700195018411600(3)
101590Normal20G…C1K617492385156611001400(3)
19509753500195097547004700195018301600(3)
1000kW101715Light20G…C1K618872058168911001400(3)
2100105038002100105051005100210019741600(3)
1800Heavy20G…C2K127003240177311001400(3)
2200110040002200110053005300220020711600(3)
1250kW102150Normal20G…C2K123653240211711001400(3)2650132548002650132564006400265024741600(3)
1400kW102330Light20G…C2K125632796229411001400(3)
2850142552002850142569006900285026811600(3)
(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“C460”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona250kWmotor,inHeavyDutymodeona200kWmotororinLightDutymodeona315kWmotor.Thedrivecanbeprogrammed
foreachmode.Wiringandfusescanbesizedbasedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwithrespecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].
RefertoSpecificationsforanexplanationofDutyRatings.
(2)TheseAClinefuses(withblownfuseindicators)areincludedinthedrivetoprovidedriveshortcircuitprotection.ACinputprotectiondevicesforbranchcircuitprotectionbasedonUSNECarelistedinthetable.Eachdrivebayhasonefuseperphase.
(3)EachdrivebayhasonefuseperDCline.
(8)TheseDClinefuses(withblownfuseindicators)areincludedinthedrivetoprovidedriveshortcircuitprotection.
Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(8)
DualElement
Circuit
Breaker
Max
Size(6)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(7)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
AmpsAmps

Applied
Rating
(1)
Frame(2)
Cont.
Output
Amps
DriveSizedForNormalDutyDriveSizedForHeavyDuty
Input
QuantitiesACInputProtectionDevices
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Protection(10)
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
ContinuousAC
Input
DualElement
TimeDelay
Fuse
Non-Time
DelayFuse
Circuit
Breaker
Max
Size(5)
Motor
Circuit
Protector
(6)
Continuous
DCInput
Non-Time
DelayFuse(x=ForG)1min3sec(x=ForG)1min3seckVAAmpsMin(3)
Max(4)
Min(3)
Max(4)
Cat.No.
MinEnclosure
Volume(in.3
)(9)
Amps
1.0Hp12.120x…D2P12.33.220x…D2P12.33.21.31.62323153M-C2E-B25M-D8E-B2572691.9JKS-6
3.0Hp1520x…D5P05.57.520x…D5P05.57.53.23.96666207M-C2E-B63M-D8E-B6372694.5JKS-10
5.0Hp1820x…D8P08.812.020x…D8P08.812.05.76.9101510153015M-C2E-C10M-D8E-C10M-F8E-C1072698.1HSJ15
7.5Hp11120x…D01112.116.520x…D01112.116.57.99.5152015204015M-C2E-C16M-D8E-C16M-F8E-C16726911.1HSJ20
10Hp11420x…D01415.421.020x…D02216.521.010.412.5202520255020M-C2E-C16M-D8E-C16M-F8E-C16726914.7HSJ30
3.0Hp2520x…D5P07.59.020x…D5P07.59.03.23.9610620207M-C2E-B63M-D8E-B6390864.5JKS-10
5.0Hp2820x…D8P012.014.420x…D8P012.014.45.76.91017.510303015M-C2E-C10M-D8E-C10M-F8E-C1090868.1HSJ15
7.5Hp21120x…D01116.519.820x…D01116.519.87.99.5122012404015M-C2E-C16M-D8E-C16M-F8E-C16908611.1HSJ20
10Hp21420x…D01415.421.020x…D02224.233.010.412.5203020555020M-C2E-C16M-D8E-C16M-F8E-C16908614.7HSJ30
15Hp22220x…D02224.233.020x…D02733.040.516.619.9305030808030M-D8E-C25M-F8E-C25908623.3HSJ40
20Hp32720x…D02729.740.520x…D03440.551.020.624.835603510010050M-F8E-C32908628.9HSJ50
25Hp33420x…D03437.451.020x…D04051.061.225.931.245754512510050M-F8E-C45908636.4HSJ60
30Hp34020x…D04044.060.020x…D05260.078.030.536.750905015012050M-F8E-C45908642.9HSJ80
40Hp45220x…D05257.278.020x…D06578.097.539.747.765110652001507055.7HSJ90
50Hp46520x…D06571.597.520x…D07797.5117.049.659.6901259025017510069.7HSJ100
60Hp57720x…D07784.7115.520x…D096115.5144.060.172.310017010030022510084.5HSJ150
75Hp59620x…D096105.6144.020x…D125144.0187.574.990.1125200125375275125105.3HSJ175
100Hp612520x…D125137.5187.520x…D156187.5234.097.6117.4175275175500375250137.1HSJ200
125Hp615620x…D156171.6234.020x…D186234.0280.8121.8146.5200350200600450250171.2HSJ300
150Hp618620x…D186204.6279.020x…D248279.0372.0145.2174.6250400250600550250204.1HSJ400
200Hp624820x…D248272.8372.020x…D302372.0453.0193.6232.8325550325700700400272.1HSJ400
250Hp730220x…D302332.2453.020x…D361453.0543.6235.7283.5400675400900900600331.3Bussman
170M6608
300Hp736120x…D361397.1541.520x…D415541.5649.8281.8338.947580047510001000600396.1Bussman
170M6612
350Hp741520x…D415456.5622.5323.9389.652590052512001200600455.3Bussman
170M6612
Seepage149fornotes.

(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“D022”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona15Hpmotor,orinHeavyDutymodeona10Hpmotor.A“D014”drivecanbeusedinHeavyDutymodeona7.5Hpmotorwith
thesameratingsasa“D011.”Thedrivecanbeprogrammedforeithermode.Wiringandfusescanbesizedbasedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwith
respecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].
(2)EnclosurecodesF,N,andRonly.SeeFrame/RatingCross-ReferenceinPowerFlex750-SeriesACDrivesTechnicalData,publication750-TD001,forframesizesofotherenclosuretypes.
enclosure.

Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(8)
DualElement
Circuit
Breaker
MaxSize(6)
MotorCircuit
Protector(7)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
AmpsAmps
300Hp8370Heavy20G…D4305556663491100–450–800450–110011004504071600
350Hp8430Normal20G…D4304736664061100–550–900550–120012005504731600
414Heavy20G…D4856217453911100–500–900500–120012005004551600
454Heavy20G…D5456818184281100–550–1000550–130013005504991600
400Hp8485Light20G…D430534–4581100–600–1000600–140014006005331600
485Normal20G…D4855347454581100–600–1000600–140014006005331600
485Heavy20G…D6177289264581100–600–1000600–140014006005331600
450Hp8545Light20G…D485600–5141100–650–1200650–160016006505991600
545Normal20G…D5456008185141100–650–1200650–160016006505991600
545Heavy20G…D71081810655141100–6503251200650325160016006505991600
500Hp8590Light20G…D545649–5571100–700–1300700–170017007006491600
617Normal20G…D6176799265821100–7503251300750325180018008006781600
617Heavy20G…D74092611105821100–7503751300750375240018008006781600
600Hp8710Light20G…D617781–6701100–8504251500850425210021009007811600
710Normal20G…D71078110656701100–8504251500850425210021009007811600
650Hp8765Light20G…D710842–7221100–1000500170010005002200220010008411600
740Normal20G…D74081411106981100–9004501600900450220022009008141600
700Hp8800Light20G…D740880–7551100–1000500180010005001800240010008801600
600Hp9710Heavy20G…D8001065127867011001400(3)8504251500850425200020008507811600(3)
700Hp9795Heavy20G…D9601193144075011001400(3)
9504751700950475230023009508741600(3)
800Normal20G…D800880127875511001400(3)
9504751700950475230023009508801600(3)
750Hp9800Heavy20G…D1K01200156875511001400(3)9504751700950475230023009508801600(3)
800Hp9960Light20G…D8001056–90611001400(3)
11505752000115057527002700115010551600(3)
960Normal20G…D9601056144090611001400(3)
11505752000115057527002700115010551600(3)
960Heavy20G…D1K21440172890611001400(3)11505752000115057527002700115010551600(3)
900Hp91045Light20G…D9601150–98611001400(3)
12506252200125062530003000125011491600(3)
1045Normal20G…D1K01150156898611001400(3)
12506252200125062530003000125011491600(3)
1045Heavy20G…D1K31568204898611001400(3)12506252200125062530003000125011491600(3)
continuedonpage151

1000Hp91135Light20G…D1K01249–107111001400(3)
13506752400135067532003200135012481600(3)
1135Normal20G…D1K212491728107111001400(3)
13506752400135067532003200135012481600(3)
1135Heavy20G…D1K417032130107111001400(3)
13506752400135067532003200135012481600(3)
1100Hp91365Light20G…D1K21502–128811001400(3)
16008002900160080039003900160015011600(3)
1365Normal20G…D1K315022048128811001400(3)
16008002900160080039003900160015011600(3)
101270Heavy20G…D1K519052288119911001400(3)
15007502700150075036003600150013961600(3)
1250Hp91420Light20G…D1K31562–134011001400(3)
17008503000170085040004000170015611600(3)
1420Normal20G…D1K415622130134011001400(3)
17008503000170085040004000170015611600(3)
1350Hp91540Light20G…D1K41694–145311001400(3)
18009003300180090044004400180016931600(3)
101525Normal20G…D1K516782288143911001400(3)
18009003200180090043004300180016771600(3)
1500Hp101655Light20G…D1K518211986156211001400(3)
19509753500195097547004700195018191600(3)
1650Hp101730Heavy20G…D2K025953114163311001400(3)
2050102537002050102549004900205019021600(3)
1750Hp102070Normal20G…D2K022773114195311001400(3)2450122544002450122559005900245022761600(3)
2000Hp102240Light20G…D2K024642688211411001400(3)
2650132548002650132563006300265024631600(3)
(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“D430”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona350Hpmotor,inHeavyDutymodeona300HpmotororinLightDutymodeona400Hpmotor.Thedrivecanbeprogrammed
foreachmode.Wiringandfusescanbesizedbasedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwithrespecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].
(3)EachdrivebayhasonefuseperDCline.
Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(8)
DualElement
TimeDelayFuseNon-TimeDelayFuseCircuit
Breaker
MaxSize(6)
MotorCircuit
Protector(7)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
1/Phase
Min(4)
2/Phase
Min(4)
Max(5)
AmpsAmps

600VoltACand810VDCInputProtectionDevices-Frames3…7
Applied
Rating
(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
Amps
DriveSizedForNormal
Duty
DriveSizedForHeavy
Duty
Continuous
ACInput
ACInputProtectionDevices
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Protection(11)
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
DualElement
TimeDelayFuse
Non-TimeDelay
Fuse
Circuit
Breaker
Max
Size(6)
Motor
Circuit
Protector
(7)
Continuous
DCInput
Non-Time
DelayFuse(x=ForG)1min3sec(x=ForG)1min3secAmpsMin(2)
Max(3)
Min(2)
Max(3)
Cat.No.
MinEnclosure
Volume(in.3
)(10)
Amps
0.5Hp30.920x…E1P71.42.60.8121331M-C2E-B16M-D8E-B1690861.0JKS-2
1Hp31.720x…E1P
7
1.92.620x…E2P72.64.11.6242552M-C2E-B25M-D8E-B2590861.9JKS-4
2Hp32.720x…E2P
7
3.04.120x…E3P94.15.92.5363883M-C2E-B40M-D8E-B4090863.0JKS-5
3Hp33.920x…E3P
9
4.35.920x…E6P15.99.23.758511(4)
,10(5)
11(4)
,20(5)
5M-D8E-B6390864.3JKS-8
5Hp36.120x…E6P
1
6.79.220x…E9PO9.213.55.77137152010M-D8E-B6390866.7HSJ10
7.5Hp3920x…E9P
O
9.913.520x…E01113.516.58.4111911253015M-D8E-C10M-F8E-C1090869.9HSJ15
10Hp31120x…E01112.116.520x…E01716.525.510.3132313304015M-D8E-C16M-F8E-C16908612.0HSJ20
15Hp31720x…E01718.725.520x…E02225.533.016.0203620505020M-F8E-C20908618.6HSJ30
20Hp32220x…E02224.233.020.7264626607030M-F8E-C25908624.1HSJ40
42220x…E02733.040.520.7264626607030M-F8E-C25908624.1HSJ40
25Hp42720x…E02729.740.520x…E03240.548.625.3325732758035M-F8E-C32908629.6HSJ50
30Hp43220x…E03235.248.030.03868389010040M-F8E-C32908635.0HSJ60
53220x…E04148.061.530.03868389010040M-F8E-C321363035.0HSJ60
40Hp54120x…E04145.161.520x…E05261.578.038.54887481151205044.9HSJ70
50Hp55220x…E05257.278.048.861110611451506556.9HSJ90
7.5Hp69.120x…E01213.718.08.5111911253015M-D8E-C10M-D8E-C101440010.0HSJ15
10Hp61220x…E01213.218.020x…E01818.027.011.3142514354015M-D8E-C16M-D8E-C161440013.1HSJ20
15Hp61820x…E01819.827.020x…E02327.034.516.9213821506025M-F8E-C201440019.7HSJ30
20Hp62320x…E02325.334.520x…E02834.542.021.627(4)
,
25(5)
49(4)
,
50(5)
27(4)
,
25(5)
657030M-F8E-C251440025.2HSJ40
62420x…E02426.436.022.5285128707030M-F8E-C251440026.3HSJ40
62220x…E02433.039.620.7264626607030M-F8E-C251440024.1HSJ40
25Hp62820x…E02830.842.020x…E03342.050.426.3356035808035M-F8E-C321440030.7HSJ50
30Hp63320x…E03336.349.520x…E04249.563.031.04070409510040M-F8E-C321440036.1HSJ60
40Hp64220x…E04246.263.020x…E05363.079.539.45090501201205046.0HSJ70
50Hp653(4),
52(5)
20x…E05358.379.520x…E06378.094.549.8(4),
48.8(5)
6011060150(4),
145(5)
1506558.0(4),
56.9(5)
HSJ90
continuedonpage153

60Hp66320x…E06369.394.520x…E07794.5115.559.175135751751807569.0HSJ110
75Hp67720x…E07784.7115.520x…E099115.5148.572.390165902152209584.3HSJ150
100Hp69920x…E099108.9148.520x…E125148.5187.592.9115210115280280120108.4HSJ175
125Hp612520x…E125137.5187.520x…E144187.5225.0117.4145265145350360150136.8HSJ225
150Hp614420x…E144158.4216.0135.2170300170400400170157.6HSJ250
714420x…E192216.0288.0135.2170305170405410170157.6HSJ250
200Hp719220x…E192211.2288.020x…E242288.0363.0180.3225405225540550230210.2HSJ350
250Hp724220x…E242266.2363.020x…E289363.0435.6227.2285510285680690285264.9HSJ400
300Hp728920x…E289317.9433.5271.3340600340800800340316.4HSJ500
(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“E063”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona60Hpmotor,inHeavyDutymodeona50Hpmotor.Thedrivecanbeprogrammedforeachmode.Wiringandfusescanbesized
basedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwithrespecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].RefertoSpecificationsforanexplanationof
DutyRatings.
(4)Normalduty.
(5)Heavyduty.
enclosure.
Applied
Rating
(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
Amps
DriveSizedForNormal
Duty
DriveSizedForHeavy
Duty
Continuous
ACInput
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Protection(11)
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
Catalog
Number
Output
Overload
Amps
DualElement
TimeDelayFuse
Non-TimeDelay
Fuse
Circuit
Breaker
Max
Size(6)
Motor
Circuit
Protector
(7)
Continuous
DCInput
Non-Time
DelayFuse(x=ForG)1min3sec(x=ForG)1min3secAmpsMin(2)
Max(3)
Min(2)
Max(3)
Cat.No.
MinEnclosure
Volume(in.3
)(10)
Amps

Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6648)
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6253)(7)
DualElementTimeDelay
FuseNon-TimeDelayFuseCircuit
Breaker
MaxSize(5)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(6)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
AmpsAmps
250Hp8272Heavy20G…E295408490257900–3501756003501758008003503001000
300Hp8295Heavy20G…E355443533278900–3501757003501759009003503251000
295Normal20G…E295325490278900–400200700400200100010004003251000
350Hp8355Light20G…E295391–335900–450225800450225110011004503911000
355Normal20G…E355391533335900–450225800450225110011004503911000
329Heavy20G…E395494593310900–400200700400200100010004003631000
355Heavy20G…E435533639335900–450225800450225110011004503911000
400Hp8395Light20G…E355435–373900–500250900500250120012005004361000
395Normal20G…E395435593373900–500250900500250120012005004361000
395Heavy20G…E460593711373900–500250900500250120012005004361000
450Hp8435Light20G…E395479–411900–5502751000550275130013005504801000
435Normal20G…E435479639411900–500250900500250120012005004801000
425Heavy20G…E510638765401900–5502751000550275130013005504691000
500Hp8460Light20G…E435506–434900–5502751000550275130013005505071000
510Light20G…E460561–481900–6503251100650325150015006505621000
460Normal20G…E460506711434900–5502751000550275130013005505071000
510Normal20G…E510561765481900–6503251100650325150015006505621000
550Hp8545Light20G…E510600–514900–6503251200650325160016006506011000
500Hp9510Heavy20G…E59576591848190010006003001100600300140014006005621000
600Hp9595Heavy20G…E630893107156290010007003501300700350170017007006561000
595Normal20G…E59565591856290010007003501300700350170017007006561000
700Hp9630Heavy20G…E760945114959590010007503751300750375180018007506951000
630Normal20G…E630693107159590010007503751300750375180018007506951000
595Light20G…E595693–65190010008004001500800400200020008007611000
750Hp9700Heavy20G…E8251050126066190010008504251500850425200020008507721000
800Hp9760Heavy20G…E9001140136871790010009004501600900450220022009008381000
760Normal20G…E760836114071790010009004501600900450220022009008381000
760Light20G…E630836–71790010009004501600900450220022009008381000
continuedonpage155

900Hp9815Heavy20G…E9801223147076990010009504751700950475230023009508991000
825Normal20G…E825908126077990010009504751800950475230023009509101000
835Light20G…E760919–78890010001000500180010005002400240010009211000
950Hp9900Normal20G…E900990136884990010001050525190010505252500250010509931000
900Light20G…E825990–84990010001050525190010505252500250010509931000
1000Hp9980Normal20G…E98010781470925900100011505752100115057528002800115010811000
980Light20G…E9001078–925900100011505752100115057528002800115010811000
10920Heavy20G…E1K113801665868900100011005502000110055026002600110010151000
1100Hp91045Light20G…E9801150–986900100012506252200125062530003000125011521000
101110Normal20G…E1K1122116651048900100013006502400130065031003100310012241000
1200Hp101220Light20G…E1K1134214641151900100014507252600145072535003500350013451000
1250Hp101190Heavy20G…E1K4178521451123900100014007002500140070034003400340013121000
1400Hp101430Normal20G…E1K4157321451350900100017008503000170085041004100410015771000
1500Hp101530Light20G…E1K4168318361444900100018009003200180090043004300430016871000
(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“E420”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona450Hpmotor,inHeavyDutymodeona350HpmotororinLightDutymodeona500Hpmotor.Thedrivecanbeprogrammedfor
eachmode.Wiringandfusescanbesizedbasedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwithrespecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].
Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6648)
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6253)(7)
Breaker
MaxSize(5)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(6)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
AmpsAmps

Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
Amps
DriveSizedForNormalDutyDriveSizedForHeavyDuty
Continuous
ACInput
Input
Quantities
DCInput
Protection
Catalog
NumberOutputOverloadAmps
Catalog
NumberOutputOverloadAmps
DualElement
TimeDelayFuse
Non-TimeDelay
Fuse
Circuit
BreakerMax
Size(6)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(7)
ContinuousDC
InputNon-TimeDelay
Fuse(x=ForG)1min3sec(x=ForG)1min3secAmpsMin(2)
Max(5)
Min(2)
Max(5)
Amps
5.5kW6920x…F01113.518.08.41119112530159.9HSJ15
7.5kW61220x…F01113.218.020x…F01518.022.511.214251435401513.2HSJ20
11kW61520x…F01516.522.520x…F02022.530.014.118321840502016.5HSJ25
15kW62020x…F02022.030.020x…F02330.036.018.723422355602521.9HSJ35
18.5kW62320x…F02325.334.520x…F03034.545.021.627(3)
,25(4)
48(3)
,50(4)
27(3)
,25(4)
65703025.2HSJ40
22kW63020x…F03033.045.020x…F03445.054.028.135653585904032.9HSJ50
30kW63420x…F03437.451.020x…F04651.069.031.9407040951004037.3HSJ60
37kW64620x…F04650.669.020x…F05069.082.843.15595551301305550.5HSJ80
45kW65020x…F05055.075.020x…F06175.091.546.960105601401506054.8HSJ90
55kW66120x…F06167.191.520x…F08291.5123.057.270130701701807566.9HSJ100
75kW68220x…F08290.2123.020x…F098123.0147.676.8951759523024010089.9HSJ150
90kW69820x…F098107.8147.020x…F119147.0178.591.8115205115275280115107.5HSJ175
110kW611920x…F119130.9178.520x…F142178.5214.2111.5140250140335340140130.5HSJ200
132kW614220x…F142156.2213.0133.1165300165400400170155.7HSJ250
714220x…F171213.0256.5133.1165300165400400170155.7HSJ250
160kW717120x…F171188.1256.520x…F212256.5318.0160.2200360200480490205187.5HSJ300
200kW721220x…F212233.2318.020x…F263318.0394.5198.7250445250595600250232.5HSJ350
250kW726320x…F263289.3394.5246.5310555310740740310288.4HSJ500
(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“F061”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona55kWmotor,inHeavyDutymodeona45kWmotor.Thedrivecanbeprogrammedforeachmode.Wiringandfusescanbesized
basedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwithrespecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[DutyRating].RefertoSpecificationsforanexplanationof
DutyRatings.
(3)Normalduty.
(4)Heavyduty.

Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6648)
(Doesnotapplyto21GDriveswithOptions)InputQuantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6253)(7)
Breaker
MaxSize(5)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(6)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
AmpsAmps
200kW8215Heavy20G…F265323375203900–2501255002501256006002502371000
250kW8265Normal20G…F265292375250900–3001506003001508008003002921000
265Heavy20G…F330398473250900–3001506003001508008003002921000
300kW8308Heavy20G…F370462555290900–4002007004002009009004003391000
315kW8330Light20G…F265363–311900–4002007004002009009004003631000
330Normal20G…F330363473311900–4002007004002009009004003631000
355kW8370Light20G…F330407–349900–450225800450225110011004504071000
370Normal20G…F370407555349900–450225800450225110011004504071000
370Heavy20G…F415555639349900–450225800450225110011004504071000
375kW8375Heavy20G…F460563675353900–450225800450225110011004504131000
400kW8410Light20G…F370451–386900–500250900500250120012005004511000
415Normal20G…F415457639391900–500250900500250120012005004571000
413Heavy20G…F500620750389900–500250900500250120012005004541000
450kW8460Light20G…F415506–433900–5502751000550275130013005505061000
460Normal20G…F460506675433900–5502751000550275130013005505061000
500kW8500Light20G…F460550–471900–6003001100600300150015006005501000
500Normal20G…F500550750471900–6003001100600300150015006005501000
530kW8530Light20G…F500583–499900–6503251200650325150015006505831000
450kW9460Heavy20G…F59069088543390010005502751000550275130013005505061000
500kW9500Heavy20G…F65075097547190010006003001100600300140014006005501000
560kW9590Heavy20G…F710885106555690010007003501300700350170017007006491000
590Normal20G…F59064988555690010007003501300700350170017007006491000
630kW9650Heavy20G…F765975117061290010007503751400750375180018007507151000
650Normal20G…F65071597561290010007503751400750375180018007507151000
650Light20G…F590715–61290010007503751400750375180018007507151000
710kW9750Heavy20G…F7951125135070690010009004501600900450210021009008251000
710Normal20G…F710781106566990010009004501600900450210021009007811000
710Light20G…F650781–66990010009004501600900450210021009007811000
750kW9765Normal20G…F765842117072190010009004501600900450220022009008421000
continuedonpage158

800kW9795Heavy20G…F9601193144074990010009504751700950475220022009508751000
795Normal20G…F795875135074990010009504751700950475220022009508751000
790Light20G…F710869–74490010009504751700950475220022009508691000
850kW9860Light20G…F765946–81090010001000500180010005002400240010009461000
900kW9960Normal20G…F96010561440904900100011505752000115057527002700115010561000
960Light20G…F7951056–904900100011505752000115057527002700115010561000
10865Heavy20G…F1K01298156081590010001000500180010005002400240010009521000
1000kW91020Light20G…F7951122–904900100012006002200120060029002900120010561000
101040Normal20G…F1K011441560980900100012506252200125062529002900125011441000
1100kW101150Light20G…F1K0126513801083900100013506752400135067532003200135012651000
1120kW101160Heavy20G…F1K4174021001093900100013506752500135067533003300135012761000
1400kW101400Normal20G…F1K4154021001319900100016508253000165082540004000165015401000
1500kW101485Light20G…F1K4163417821399900100017508753100175087542004200175016341000
(1)“AppliedRating”referstothemotorthatwillbeconnectedtothedrive.Forexample,a“F400”drivecanbeusedinNormalDutymodeona400kWmotor,inHeavyDutymodeona355kWmotororinLightDutymodeona450kWmotor.Thedrivecanbeprogrammed
foreachmode.Wiringandfusescanbesizedbasedontheprogrammedmode.Foranygivendrivecatalognumber,NormalDutymodeprovideshighercontinuouscurrentbutsmalleroverloadcurrentwithrespecttoHeavyDutymode.Seeparameter306[Duty
Rating].RefertoSpecificationsforanexplanationofDutyRatings.
Applied
Rating(1)
Frame
Cont.
Output
AmpsDuty
Catalog
Number
Output
OverloadAmps
Continuous
ACInput
ACInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M)(2)
DCBaytoBay
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6648)
(Doesnotapplyto21GDriveswithOptions)InputQuantities
DCInput
Integral
Semiconductor
FuseSize
(170M6253)(7)
Breaker
MaxSize(5)
Motor
Circuit
Protector(6)
ContinuousDC
Input
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
1/Phase
Min(3)
2/Phase
Min(3)
Max(4)
AmpsAmps

Motor Overload Protection
Short Circuit Current Rating
Electronic Motor Overload Protection: Class 10 motor overload protection according to NEC article 430 and motor
over-temperature protectionaccording to NEC article 430.126 (A)(2). UL 508C
File E59272.
Maximum Short Circuit Rating: 200,000 Amps RMS symmetrical (20F & 20G drives only)
Actual Short Circuit Rating: Determined by AIC rating of installed fuse/circuit breaker.
See page 160 for 21G drives

Short Circuit Current Ratings -Drives with Cabinet Options
Default ratings (no added protection) shown. A“•” indicates ratings that can be
achieved with additional protection.
Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle kW
Short Circuit Current Rating (kA)
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)(1)
Circuit Breaker with Input Contactor
(P3 with P11) (1)
Molded Case Switch Only
(P5) (2)
Molded Case Switch with Input Contactor
(P5 with P11)(2)
400 Volt AC Input
21G…C460 LD 315 100 30 65 or
• 100 w/700…800 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
ND 250 100 30 or
• 65 w/600 A Class J fuse
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
HD 200 100 5 or
• 100 w/500…600 A Class J fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
65 5 or
• 18 w/500 A CB
21G…C540 LD 315 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/800…1200 A CB
ND 315 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
HD 250 100 30 or
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
21G…C567 LD 355 100 30 65 or
• 100 w/800 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 30 w/800…1200 A CB
ND 315 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/800…1200 A CB
HD 250 100 30 or
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
21G…C650 LD 400 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1000…1600 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1000…1200 A CB
ND 355 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/850…1200 AClass Lfuse
5 or
• 42w/900…1200 A CB
HD 315 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
21G…C750 LD 450 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1000…1700 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1000…1200 A CB
ND 400 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1000…1600 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1000…1200 A CB
HD 315 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/800…1200 A CB
21G…C770 LD 450 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1100…1800 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1100…1200 A CB
ND 400 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1000…1700 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1000…1200 A CB
HD 355 100 42 65 or
5 or
• 42 w/800…1200 A CB
continued on page 161

21G…C910 LD 560 100 – – –
ND 500 100 – – –
HD 400 100 – – –
21G…C1K0 LD 630 100 – – –
ND 560 100 – – –
HD 500 100 – – –
21G…C1K1 LD 710 100 – – –
ND 630 100 – – –
HD 500 100 – – –
21G…C1K2 LD 800 100 – – –
ND 710 100 – – –
HD 560 100 – – –
21G…C1K4 LD 850 100 – – –
ND 800 100 – – –
HD 630 100 – – –
21G…C1K5 LD 900 100 – – –
ND 850 100 – – –
HD 710 100 – – –
(1) These circuit breakers are considered Branch Circuit Protection for the unit.
(2) No additional protection is provided with the P5 Molded Case Switch option. Branch circuit protection is required based on NEC guidelines.
Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle kW
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)(1)
(P3 with P11) (1)
(P5) (2)
(P5 with P11)(2)
400 Volt AC Input

Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle Hp
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)(1)
(P3 with P11) (1)
(P5)(2)
(P5 with P11)(2)
480 Volt AC Input
21G…D430 LD 400 100 30 or
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
ND 350 100 30 or
65 30 or
HD 300 100 5 or
• 18 w/500 A CB
65 5 or
• 18 w/500 A CB
21G…D485 LD 450 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
ND 400 100 30 or
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
HD 350 100 5 or
65 5 or
21G…D545 LD 500 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
ND 450 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
HD 350 100 30 or
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
21G…D617 LD 600 100 42 65 or
5 or
• 42 w/900…1200 A CB
ND 500 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/800…1200 A CB
HD 400 100 30 or
65 5 or
• 30 w/600…1200 A CB
21G…D710 LD 650 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1000…1700 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1000…2000 A CB
ND 600 100 42 65 or
5 or
• 42 w/900…1200 A CB
HD 450 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/700…1200 A CB
21G…D740 LD 700 100 42 65 or
• 100 w/1000…1200 A Class L fuse
5 or
• 42 w/1000…1700 A Class L fuse
• 42 w/1000…2000 A CB
ND 650 100 42 65 or
5 or
• 42 w/900…2000 A CB
HD 500 100 30 65 or
5 or
• 30 w/800…1200 A CB

21G…D800 LD 800 100 – – –
ND 700 100 – – –
HD 600 100 – – –
21G…D960 LD 900 100 – – –
ND 800 100 – – –
HD 700 100 – – –
21G…D1K0 LD 1000 100 – – –
ND 900 100 – – –
HD 750 100 – – –
21G…D1K2 LD 1100 100 – – –
ND 1000 100 – – –
HD 800 100 – – –
21G…D1K3 LD 1250 100 – – –
ND 1100 100 – – –
HD 900 100 – – –
21G…D1K4 LD 1350 100 – – –
ND 1250 100 – – –
HD 1000 100 – – –
(1) These circuit breakers are considered Branch Circuit Protection for the unit.
(2) No additional protection is provided with the P5 Molded Case Switch option. Branch circuit protection is required based on NEC guidelines.
Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle Hp
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)(1)
(P3 with P11) (1)
(P5)(2)
(P5 with P11)(2)
480 Volt AC Input

Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle Hp
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)(1)
(P3 with P11) (1)
(P5) (2)
(P5 with P11)(2)
600 Volt AC Input
21G…E295 LD 350 50 • 18 w/601…700 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
25 • 25 w/600 A Class J fuse
ND 300 50 • 18 w/600 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
HD 250 50 • 18 w/600 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
• 18 w/500 A CB
ND 350 50 • 18 w/601…700 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
HD 300 50 • 18 w/600 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
• 30 w/1000 A CB
• 100 w/800 A max Class L fuse • 30 w/800 A Class L fuse
ND 400 50 • 18 w/601…800 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
HD 350 50 • 18 w/601…700 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
• 30 w/1000 A CB
ND 450 50 • 30 w/601…900 A Class L fuse
• 30 w/1000 A CB
HD 350 50 • 18 w/601…700 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
• 30 w/1000 A CB
ND 500 50 • 30 w/601…1000 A Class L fuse
• 30 w/1000 A CB
HD 400 50 • 18 w/601…800 A Class L fuse
• 18 w/500 A CB
• 30 w/1100 A CB
ND 500 35 • 30 w/601…1000 A Class L fuse
• 30 w/1000 A CB
HD 450 50 • 30 w/601…900 A Class L fuse
• 30 w/1000 A CB
21G…E595 LD 700 50 – – –
ND 600 50 – – –
HD 500 50 – – –
21G…E630 LD 800 50 – – –
ND 700 50 – – –
HD 600 50 – – –
21G…E760 LD 900 50 – – –
ND 800 50 – – –
HD 700 50 – – –

21G…E825 LD 950 50 – – –
ND 900 50 – – –
HD 750 50 – – –
21G…E900 LD 1000 65 – – –
ND 950 50 – – –
HD 800 50 – – –
21G…E980 LD 1100 65 – – –
ND 1000 65 – – –
HD 900 50 – – –
(1) These circuit breakers are considered Branch Circuit Protection for the unit if the tap is within 10 ft. of the breaker input.
(2) These are 21G, SCCR ratings with no additional protection provided. Branch circuit protection (fuse) is required based on NEC guidelines for options with P5.
Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle Hp
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)(1)
(P3 with P11) (1)
(P5) (2)
(P5 with P11)(2)
600 Volt AC Input
Drive Catalog
Number
Duty
Cycle kW
Circuit Breaker
Only (P3)
(P3 with P11)
(P5)
(P5 with P11)
690 Volt AC Input
21G…F265 LD 315 30 SCCR rating for 690V input contactor not
available at time of publication.
25 SCCR rating for 690V input contactor not
available at time of publication.ND 250 30 25
HD 200 30 25
21G…F330 LD 355 30 25
ND 315 30 25
HD 250 30 25
21G…F370 LD 400 30 25
ND 355 30 25
HD 300 30 25
21G…F415 LD 450 30 25
ND 400 30 25
HD 355 30 25
21G…F460 LD 500 25 25
ND 450 30 25
HD 375 30 25
21G…F500 LD 530 25 25
ND 500 25 25
HD 400 30 25
21G…F590 LD 630 35 – – –
ND 560 35 – – –
HD 450 35 – – –
21G…F650 LD 710 35 – – –
ND 630 35 – – –
HD 500 35 – – –
21G…F710 LD 800 35 – – –
ND 710 35 – – –
HD 560 35 – – –
21G…F765 LD 850 35 – – –
ND 750 35 – – –
HD 630 35 – – –
21G…F795 LD 900 35 – – –
ND 800 35 – – –
HD 710 35 – – –
21G…F960 LD 1000 35 – – –
ND 900 35 – – –
HD 800 35 – – –

Input Contactor Precautions
Output Contactor Precaution
Bypass Contactor Precaution
Applying and Removing Power
ATTENTION: A contactor or other device that routinely disconnects and reapplies the
AC line to the drive to start and stop the motor can cause drive hardware damage. The
drive is designed to use control input signals that will start and stop the motor. If an
input device is used, operation must not exceed one cycle per minute or drive damage
will occur.
ATTENTION: The drive start/stop/enable control circuitry includes solid state
components. If hazards due to accidental contact with moving machinery or
unintentionalflowofliquid,gasorsolidsexist,anadditionalhardwiredstopcircuitmay
be required to remove the AC line to the drive. An auxiliary braking method may be
required.
ATTENTION: To guard against drive damage when using output contactors, the
following information must be read and understood. One or more output contactors
may be installed between the drive and motor(s) for the purpose of disconnecting or
isolating certain motors/loads. If a contactor is opened while the drive is operating,
power will be removed from the respective motor, but the drive will continue to
produce voltage at the output terminals. In addition, reconnecting a motor to an active
drive (by closing the contactor) could produce excessive current that may cause the
drive to fault. If any of these conditions are determined to be undesirable or unsafe, an
auxiliary contact on the output contactor should be wired to a drive digital input that is
programmed as “Enable.” This will cause the drive to execute a coast-to-stop (cease
output) whenever an output contactor is opened.
ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed bypass system can result in component
damage or reduction in product life. The most common causes are:
• Wiring AC line to drive output or control terminals.
• Improper bypass or output circuits not approved by Allen-Bradley.
• Output circuits which do not connect directly to the motor.
Contact Allen-Bradley for assistance with application or wiring.
IMPORTANT Wait one minute before cycling power disconnect switches. This requirement applies
to both Off-to-On and On-to-Off transitions. Rapid switch cycling may result in
equipment damage.

Power Disconnects - Drives with Cabinet Options
Contactors - Drives with Cabinet Options
Reactors - Drives with Cabinet Options
Terminal Blocks and Other Cabinet Parts - Drives with Cabinet
Options
Option Code Applicable
Frame
Description
Input Thermal
Magnetic Circuit
Breaker
P3 8…10 Thisoptionisfordisconnectingdrivepower.Allbreakersincludeflangestylehandleoperators
that are door interlocking and padlockable.
Input Non-Fused
Molded Case
Disconnect Switch
P5 8 Only Thisoptionisfordisconnectingdrivepower.Allswitchesincludeflangestylehandleoperators
that are door interlocking and padlockable.
Frame
Description
Input Contactor P11 8 Only An input contactor is provided. The contactor is controlled by customer supplied 120V AC
(480Vand600Vinputdrives)or230VAC(400Vand690Vinputdrives)remotecontactclosure
logic or by the X1 option if present. A terminal block for control is provided for customer use,
andis wiredto 1N.O.and 1N.C. auxiliary contactonthe contactor.Important:The P11option
“Alternate Contact Circuit” is not intended to be used as a Start/Stop circuit.
Output Contactor P12 8 Only Acontactorisprovidedbetweenthedriveoutputandthemotor.Thecontactoriscontrolledby
customer supplied 120V AC (480V and 600V input drives) or 230V AC (400V and 690V input
drives) remote contact closure logic or by the X1 option if present. A terminal block for control
is provided for customer useand is wired to 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact on the
contactor.
Frame
Description
3% Input Reactor L1 8…9 Provides a 3% open core drive input line reactor that mounts inside the Cabinet Options Bay.
3% Output Reactor L2 8…9 Provides a3%opencoredrive outputloadreactorthat mountsinsidethe CabinetOptionsBay.
5% Input Reactor L3 8 Only Provides a 5% open core drive input line reactor that mounts inside the Cabinet Options Bay.
5% Output Reactor L4 8 Only Provides a5%opencoredrive outputloadreactorthat mountsinsidethe CabinetOptionsBay.
Frame
Description
Control Terminal
Block
– 8…9 Provides contact for field wired hardware enable circuit (See page 266 for more detail) and
contactor control if ordered without the X1 option. Frame 8 drives with cabinet options ship
with a hardware enable jumper on TB4. This may be removed and replaced with field wiring
for hardware enable.
Thermostat – 8…9 Monitors cabinet options bay for temperature and wired to drive hardware enable input. Will
disable system when over temperature is detected in order toprotect cabinet option
components. Note: A ventilation fan failure in the cabinet options bay will not disable the
drive unless an over temperature is detected by the thermostat.

Transformer Panel - Drives with Cabinet Options
Power Wiring Schematic - Drives with Cabinet Options
Frame
Description
Fuses – 8 (IP54
enclosures
only.)
9 (All
enclosures.)
FU9,FU10 (690VAC)
FU9,FU10 (400,480,600VAC)
FU11
FU12 (120VAC)
FU12 (230VAC)
FU13 (Frame 8 with P11 or P12 Only)
690 VAC, 6A, IEC gl-gG
600 VAC, 6A, Class CC
Thermostat – 8…9 Thermostat is used in all option bays and enclosure types.
LINE-PE
CHASSIS
INPUT
VOLTAGE,
3PH,
AC LINES
X
X
TB1
CHASSIS
PE-A
PE-B
COMMON MODE CAP JPR
TB1MOV/AC EMI CAP JPR
DPI
PORT 2
SEE USER MANUAL
DPI
PORT 1
MOV/AC EMI
COMMON MODE
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
SETTINGS
AS SHIPPED
CAP JUMPER
CAP JUMPER
HUNDREDS
TENS
ONES
J1 HARDWARE ENABLE
IN
EMBEDDED ETHERNET
ADAPTER ROTARY
SWITCHES
AS SHIPPED
SETTINGS
OUT
J2 SAFETY ENABLE
IN
OUT
J12
SETTINGS
AS SHIPPED
J11
PE
T3/W
T2/V
T1/U
PE-B
L3/T
L2/S
LI/R
EA1
POWERFLEX 755 POWER MODULE
J6
EMBEDDED ETHERNET
9
9
9
X
X
M
GND
T1/T6
T2/T4
T3/T5
L1
L2
L3
MTR-PE
INPUT
REACTOR
INPUT
CONTACTOR
INPUT
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
MOTOR
Optional
Devices
OUTPUT
REACTOR
OUTPUT
CONTACTOR
(Frame 8 Only)
OUTPUT
TERMINAL

Input Power Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches
Refer to page 11 for an explanation of where to locate drive ratings on the
nameplate.
Table 15 - 400V, 50 Hz Input - Code P3 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Options
Table 16 - 400V, 50 Hz Input - Code P5 Molded Case Disconnect Switch Options (Frame 8 Only)
kW Amps Duty Line Side Terminal
Lugs
Terminal Size Recommended Torque
200 385 Heavy 140U-L-TL6A2 (2) 2…500 MCM kit of 3 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
250 460 Normal 140U-L-TL6A2 (2) 2…500 MCM kit of 3 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
456 Heavy 140U-L-TL6A2 (2) 2…500 MCM kit of 3 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
315 540 Light 140U-N-TLA3A (3) 500…750 MCM 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
540 Normal 140U-N-TLA3A (3) 500…750 MCM 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
540 Heavy 140U-N-TLA3A (3) 500…750 MCM 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
832 Light 140U-N-TLA3A (3) 500…750 MCM 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
Lugs
315 540 Light 140U-M-TLA2A (2) 500…750 MCM 56 N•m (500 lb•in)
540 Normal 140U-M-TLA2A (2) 500…750 MCM 56 N•m (500 lb•in)
540 Heavy 140U-M-TLA2A (2) 500…750 MCM 56 N•m (500 lb•in)
832 Light 140U-N-TLA3A (3) 500…750 MCM 42 N•m (375 lb•in)

Hp Amps Duty Line Side Terminal
Lugs
Lugs
400 485 Light 140U-L-TL6A2 (2) 2…500 MCM kit of 3 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
485 Normal 140U-L-TL6A2 (2) 2…500 MCM kit of 3 42 N•m (375 lb•in)

Lugs
355 Light 140U-L-TL6A2 (2) 2…500 MCM kit of 3 42 N•m (375 lb•in)
510 Light 140U-M-TLA2A (2) 500…750 MCM 56 N•m (500 lb•in)
Lugs
510 Light 140U-M-TLA2A (2) 500…750 MCM 56 N•m (500 lb•in)

Lugs
Lugs

Cabinet Options Bay
Accessories
Figure 92 - Accessory Overview
➊
➋
➌
➍
➎
➏
Frame 8 Frame 9
No. Description Drive Frame(s)
➊ Outlet Blower (Frame 9) 9
➋ CircuitBreaker / Molded Case Switch 8, 9
➌ Input or Output Contactor (Optional) 8
➍ Transformer Panel 9
➎ Input or Output Reactor (Optional) 8, 9
➏ Reactor Fan Tray (Included with Reactor) 9

Figure 93 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect
➌
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
➊
➋
➊
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
Frame 8 Frame 9
➊ R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 Three-phase input power connection.
➋ PE Three-phase input ground.
➌ U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Motor connection made at drive power bus. Seepage 131.

Figure 94 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect and Option P11 Input Contactor (Frame 8 Only)
➊
➋
➌
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
P11

Figure 95 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect, Option P11 Input Contactor, and Option L1 or L3 Input
Reactor (Frame 8 Only)
➊
➋
➌
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
P11
L1 or L3

Figure 96 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect, Option P11 Input Contactor, and Option L2 or L4 Output
No. Name Description Recommended Torque
➊ R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 Three-phase input power connection. Factory Installed
➋ PE Three-phase input ground. 38.0 N•m (336 lb•in)
➌ PE Three-phase motor ground. 38.0 N•m (336 lb•in)
➍ U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Motor connection. 38.0 N•m (336 lb•in)
➍
➊
ø15 (0.6)
4 Places
44.5
(1.75)
19.1
(0.75)70.5
(2.80)
21.5
(0.85)
➋
➌
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
P11
L2 or L4
Output Terminal

Figure 97 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect, Option P12 Output Contactor, and Option L2 or L4 Output
➍
➊
ø15 (0.6)
4 Places
44.5
(1.75)
19.1
(0.75)70.5
(2.80)
21.5
(0.85)
➋
➌
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
P12
L2 or L4
Output Terminal

Figure 98 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect and Option L1 or L3 Input Reactor
➌
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
➊
➊
➋
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
L1 or L3
Frame 8 Frame 9
➋ U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Motor connection made at drive power bus. Seepage 131.

Figure 99 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect and Option L2 or L4 Output Reactor
➍
➊
ø15 (0.6)
4 Places
44.5
(1.75)
19.1
(0.75)70.5
(2.80)
21.5
(0.85)
➌
➋
➊
➍
U /T1
V /T2
W /T3
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
L2 or L4
Output Terminal
Frame 8 Frame 9

Figure 100 - Option P3 or P5 Disconnect and Option P12 Output Contactor (Frame 8 Only)
➌ PE Three-phasemotor ground.
➍ U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Motor connection.
➍
➊
➋
➌
Drive
Motor
P3 or P5
P12

Table 23 - 400V, 50 Hz Input - Code P12 Output Contactor Options (Frame 8 Only)
kW Amps Duty Contactor Cat. No. Recommended Torque
200 385 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
250 460 Normal 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
456 Heavy 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
472 Heavy 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
315 540 Light 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
540 Normal 100-D860EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
540 Heavy 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
315 585 Light 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
585 Heavy 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
355 612 Light 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
642 Heavy 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
400 750 Light 100-D860EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
450 796 Light 100-D860EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
832 Light 100-D860EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
300 370 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
350 430 Normal 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
414 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
454 Heavy 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
400 485 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
485 Normal 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
485 Heavy 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
450 545 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
545 Heavy 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
500 590 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
617 Heavy 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
600 710 Light 100-D860ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
650 765 Light 100-G1200KD12 60 N•m (528 lb•in)
740 Normal 100-G1200KD12 60 N•m (528 lb•in)
700 800 Light 100-G1200KD12 60 N•m (528 lb•in)

Hp Amps Duty Contactor Cat. No. Recommended Torque
250 272 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
300 295 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
350 329 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
355 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
355 Light 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
400 395 Heavy 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
395 Light 100-D420ED11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
450 425 Heavy 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
435 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
500 460 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
510 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
550 545 Light 100-D630ED11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
200 215 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
250 265 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
300 308 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
315 330 Light 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
355 370 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
370 Light 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
375 375 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
400 410 Light 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
413 Heavy 100-D420EA11 17 N•m (150 lb•in)
450 460 Light 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
500 500 Light 100-D630EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)
530 530 Light 100-D860EA11 68 N•m (600 lb•in)

Drive Power Jumper Configuration
PowerFlex 750-Series drives contain protective MOVs and common mode
capacitors that are referenced to ground. To guard against drive damage and/or
operation problems, these devices must be properly configured according to
Table 29.
MOV, AC EMI Capacitor, and Common Mode Capacitor Circuits
Figure 101 - MOV and AC EMI Capacitor Phase to Ground (Frames 1…7)
Figure 102 - MOV and AC EMI Capacitor Phase to Ground (Frames 8…10) AC Input Only
Figure 103 - Common Mode Capacitors to Ground (All Frames)
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus
capacitors has discharged completely before servicing.
Frames 1…7: Measure the DC bus voltage at the power terminal block by measuring
between the +DC and -DC terminals (see Figure 78 and Figure 79 for location) or between
the+DCand-DCtestpointsocketsifequipped.Alsomeasurebetweenthe+DCterminalor
test point and the chassis, and between the -DC terminal or testpoint and the chassis. The
Frame 8…10: Measure the DC bus voltage at the DC+ and DC- TESTPOINT sockets on the
front of the power module (see Figure 82 for location).
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
1
2 3 4
PE–A
1
2 3 4
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
1
2 3 4
PE–A1
1
2 3 4
PE–A2
DC+
DC–
PE–B

Frames1…7
Table 27 - Power Jumper Default Configurations
Frames8…10
Table 28 - Power Jumper Default Configurations
Table 29 - Recommended Power Jumper Configurations Frames 1…7
IMPORTANT PowerFlex 750-Series drives, Frames 1…7, leave the factory with Jumpers PE-A and
PE-B in one of two possible configurations. Reconfigure these jumpers based on the
power source type available.
Cat. No. Position 11 Jumper PE-A
(MOV / Input Filter Caps)
Jumper PE-B
(DC Bus Common Mode Caps)
A Connected Disconnected
J Connected Connected
IMPORTANT PowerFlex 750-Series drives, Frames 8…10, leave the factory with Jumpers PE-A1,
PE-A2 and PE-B in one of two possible configurations. Reconfigure these jumpers
based on the power source type available.
Cat. No. Position 11 Jumper PE-A1
(MOV)
Jumper PE-A2
(Input Filter Caps)
Jumper PE-B
(DC Bus Common Mode Caps)
A Connected Connected Disconnected
J Connected Connected Connected
ATTENTION: Risk of equipment damage exists. The drive power source type must be
accurately determined. Jumpers PE-A, PE-A1, PE-A2 and PE-B must be configured for
the power source type according to the recommendations in Table 29.
Power Source Type Jumper PE-A (1) (2)
(MOV /InputFilterCaps)
(1) When MOVs are disconnected, the power system must have its own transient protection to insure known and controlled voltages.
(2) Frame 5…7 Common DC Input drives do not have the PE-A jumper.
Jumper PE-B
(DC Bus Common mode
Caps)
Benefits Of Correct
Configuration on Power
Source Type
Non-Solid Ground
• AC fed ungrounded
• Impedance grounded
• B phase ground
• DC fed from an active
converter
Disconnected Disconnected Helps avoid severe equipment
damage when ground fault occurs
Solid Ground
• AC fed solidly grounded
• DC fed from passive rectifier
which has a solidly
grounded AC source
Connected Connected UL compliance, Reduced electrical
noise, Most stable operation, EMC
compliance, Reduced voltage
stress on components and motor
bearings

Table 30 - Recommended Power Jumper Configurations Frames 8…10
To connect or disconnect these devices, refer to the jumper locations shown in
the figures on pages 187 through 192.
In addition, on an ungrounded distribution system where the line-to-ground
voltages on any phase could exceed 125% of the nominal line-to-line voltage, an
isolation transformer should be installed. See Wiring and Grounding Guidelines
for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001 at
www.rockwellautomation.com/literature for more information on impedance
grounded and ungrounded systems.
Power Source Type Jumper PE-A1 (1)
(MOV)
Jumper PE-A2
(Input Filter Caps)
Jumper PE-B
(DCBusCommonmode
Caps)
Benefits Of Correct
Configuration on Power
Source Type
Non-Solid Ground
• AC fed ungrounded
• Impedance grounded
• B phase ground
• DC fed from an active converter
Disconnected Disconnected Disconnected Helps avoid severe equipment
damage when ground fault occurs
Solid Ground
• AC fed solidly grounded
• DCfedfrompassiverectifierwhich
has a solidly grounded AC source
Connected Connected Connected UL compliance, Reduced electrical
noise, Most stable operation, EMC
compliance, Reduced voltage
stress on components and motor
bearings
(1) When MOVs are disconnected, the power system must have its own transient protection to ensure known and controlled voltages.

Frame 2…5 Power Jumper Screw Removal and Storage
Frames 2…5 use jumper screws to complete an electrical connection when
installed. Install or remove jumper screws according to the recommendations in
Table 29.
When power jumper screws are not used, they are stored on the left interior
chassis wall as shown.
Figure 104 - Typical Frame 2…5 Jumper Screw Storage Location (Frame 4 shown)
When screws are installed:
• Recommended torque = 1.36 N•m (12.0 lb•in) +/- 0.14 N•m (1.2 lb•in)
• Recommended screwdriver = 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) flat or
T15 Hexalobular
Figure 105 - Typical Frame 2…5 Jumper Screw Installation Locations (Frame 4 shown)
ATTENTION: Hazard of equipment damage exists if jumpers are not properly
disconnected. For Frames 2…5, completely remove the jumper screw from the circuit
board.
DisconnectedConnected

Frame 1, 6, and 7 Power Jumper Wire Removal and Storage
Frames 1, 6, and 7 use jumper wires to complete an electrical connection when
installed. Install or remove jumper wires according to the recommendations in
Table 29.
Figure 106 - Frame 1 Jumper Wire Locations
When jumper wires are connected, the spade connector should be pressed firmly
onto the sheet metal tab.
disconnected. For Frames 1, 6, and 7, secure the disconnected jumper wire to the
insulated position provided.
PE-A
PE-B
Disconnected
Connected
Disconnected
Connected

When jumper wires are connected:
• Recommended screwdriver = T20 Hexalobular
PE-B
E4
PE-B
E4
MOV
Common Mode

When jumper wires are connected:
MOV
Common Mode

Frame 8…10 Drive Assembly Jumper Removal and Storage
Frame 8…10 drive assemblies use jumper plugs to complete an electrical
connection when installed. Install or remove jumper plugs according to the
recommendations in Table 30.
Figure 109 - Frame 8…10 Drive Assembly PE-B Common Mode Jumper Location
Removal and installation the Inverter Power Control Board tray:
disconnected or are set differently between drive assemblies. For Frame 8…10 drive
assemblies,securethedisconnectedjumperpluginthesocketprovidedandensurethat
all drive assemblies are identically configured.
J4
J3
Disconnected
Connected
AC Input Drive Shown

Figure 110 - Drive Assembly PE-A1 MOV and PE-A2 Input Filter Caps Jumper Location
When the PE-A1 jumper wire is connected:
IMPORTANT PE-A1 and PE-A2 jumper are only used by three-phase input drive assemblies and are
not applicable to Common DC Input drives assemblies.
PE-A1 and GND positions on early production drives.

Step 5: I/O Wiring Important points to remember about I/O wiring:
• Always use copper wire.
• Wire with an insulation rating of 600V or greater is recommended.
• Control and signal wires should be separated from power wires by at least
0.3 meters (1 foot).
• For CE compliance, 115 volt digital input wiring must be shielded or must
not exceed 30 meters (98 feet) in length.
• In order to maintain electrical safety for all user-accessible low voltage
circuits (SELV and PELV circuits), I/O terminals designated for 24V or
lower voltage must not be connected to a circuit of higher voltage or a
circuit which is not adequately insulated from dangerous voltages with
double or reinforced insulation within other connected equipment or
wiring.
• In order to provide electrical safety for user-accessible low voltage I/O
circuits which are referenced to earth (PELV circuits) and which may be
touched simultaneously, care should be taken to provide a common earth
reference for all equipment connected to the drive.
IMPORTANT I/O terminals labeled “(–)” or “Common” are not referenced to earth ground and are
designedtogreatlyreducecommonmodeinterference.Groundingtheseterminalscan
cause signal noise.
ATTENTION:Hazardofpersonalinjuryorequipmentdamageexistswhenusingbipolar
inputsources.Noiseanddriftinsensitiveinputcircuitscancauseunpredictablechanges
in motor speed and direction. Use speed command parameters to help reduce input
source sensitivity.

I/O Terminal Blocks
Table 31 - Main Control Board I/O Terminal Block Specifications
Table 32 - Option Module I/O Terminal Block Specifications
Table 33 - Three-Phase Drive Assembly I/O Terminal Block and Connector Specifications
Table 34 - Common DC Input Drive Assembly I/O Terminal Block and Connector Specifications
Name Wire Size Range Torque Strip
LengthMaximum Minimum Maximum Recommended
753 Control Module TB1, TB2, and
TB3
2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)
755 Control Module TB1 2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)
I/O Modules TB1 with Screw
Terminals
2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)
11-Series I/O Module TB1 with
Tension Clamp Terminals
2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
0.13 mm2
(26 AWG)
N/A 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
I/O Modules TB2 with Screw
Terminals
4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.4 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
3.5 lb•in)
7 mm
(0.28 in.)
11-Series I/O Module TB2 with
Tension Clamp Terminals
4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
N/A 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
Safe Torque Off (1)
(1) Shielded cable required.
0.8 mm2
(18 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
N/A 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
Single Incremental Encoder 0.8 mm2
(18 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
N/A 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
Safe Speed Monitor TB1 and TB2 (1)
2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)
Dual Incremental Encoder 0.8 mm2
(18 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
N/A 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
755 Universal Feedback Module 0.8 mm2
(18 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
N/A 10 mm
(0.39 in.)
Auxiliary Power Supply TB1 2.5 mm2
(14 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)
Converter TB1 and TB2 4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.4 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
7 mm
(0.28 in.)
Fiber Interface PCB Connector P13 4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.4 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
7 mm
(0.28 in.)
(14 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)
Common DC Input TB1…TB5 4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.4 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
7 mm
(0.28 in.)
(12 AWG)
0.25 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.4 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
7 mm
(0.28 in.)
(14 AWG)
0.3 mm2
(28 AWG)
0.25 N•m
(2.2 lb•in)
0.2 N•m
(1.8 lb•in)
6 mm
(0.24 in.)

Table 35 - I/O Wire Recommendations
Type Wire Type(s) Description Min. Insulation Rating
Signal (1)(2)(3)
Standard Analog I/O – 0.750 mm2
(18AWG), twisted pair, 100% shield with drain. 300V,
75…90 °C
(167…194 °F)
Remote Pot – 0.750 mm2
(18AWG), 3 conductor, shielded.
Encoder/
Pulse I/O
<30 m (100 ft)
Combined 0.196 mm2
(24AWG)
individually shielded pairs.
Encoder/
Pulse I/O
30 to 152 m
(100 to 500 ft)
Signal 0.196 mm2
(24AWG)
Power 0.750 mm2
(18AWG) in.dividually shielded pairs
Combined 0.330 mm2
(22AWG), power is 0.500 mm2
(20AWG)
Encoder/
Pulse I/O
152 to 259 m
(500 to 850 ft.)
Signal 0.196 mm2
(24AWG)
Power 0.750 mm2
(18AWG) individually shielded pairs.
Combined 0.750 mm2
(18AWG) individually shielded pairs.
Digital I/O
Safety Inputs
HomingInputs(1)(2)(3)(4)
Shielded Multi-conductor shielded cable 0.750 mm2
(18AWG), 3 conductor, shielded. 300V,
60 °C
(140 °F)
Digital I/O
Homing Inputs (1)(2)(3)
Un-shielded – Per US NEC or applicable national or local code.
(1) Control and signal wires should be separated from power wires by at least 0.3 meters (1 foot).
(2) If the wires are shortand contained within a cabinet which has no sensitive circuits, the use of shielded wire may not be necessary, but is always recommended.
(3) I/O terminals labeled “(–)” or “Common” are not referenced to earth ground and are designed to greatly reduce common mode interference. Grounding these terminals can cause signal noise.
(4) Safety option modules 20-750-S and 20-750-S1 require shielded cable.

Access Drive Control Pod
1. Remove drive cover
Frames 1…5
– Squeeze locking tabs and pull out bottom of cover.
– Pull cover down and away from the chassis.
Frames 6…7
– Loosen door screws.
– Gently pry the door open to remove.

Frames 8…10
– Remove top screws.
– Loosen bottom screws.
– Remove the right front cover.

2. Frame 1 – Lift the chassis cover.
Frames 2…7 – Lift the Human Interface Module (HIM) cradle.
Frame 1
– Loosen the retention screw.
– Use a screwdriver to release the chassis cover locking tabs.
– Lift the chassis cover until the latch engages.

Frames 2…7
– Lift the cradle until the latch engages.
Frames 8…10
– Lift the cradle until the latch engages.

PowerFlex 753 Main Control Board
Table 36 - 753 Main Control Board Details
Table 37 - J4 Input Mode Jumper
➊ HIM Connector DPI Port 1 (HIM Cradle) connection.
➋ Fan Connector Power supply for internal cooling fan (Frames 2 & 3).
➌ Battery Receptacle User installed CR1220 lithium coin cell battery provides power to the
Real Time Clock (Optional, not supplied). Preserves the Real Time Clock
setting in the event power to the drive is lost or cycled.
➍ ENABLE Jumper Hardware enable jumper. TB3 becomes an Enable when this jumper is
removed.
➎ SAFETY Jumper Safety enable jumper. Removed when safety option is installed.
➏ Jumper J4 Input Mode Analog input mode jumper. Selects voltage mode or current mode.
➐ TB1 I/O terminal block.
➑ DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote HIM options.
➒ TB3 Digital input terminal block. See Important at Table 40.
➓ TB2 Relay terminal block.
Jumper Position Voltage Mode Current Mode
➊
➋
➌
➍
➑
➏
➎
➒
➓
➐
J4
3 1
4 2
J4
3 1
4 2

Table 38 - TB1 Terminal Designations
Note: 753 Main Control Board I/O TB1 wiring examples begin on page 219.
Terminal Name Description Related
Param
Ao0– Analog Out 0 (–) Bipolar, ±10V (1)
, 11 bit & sign, 2 k ohm
minimum load.
4-20mA(1)
,11bit&sign,400ohmmaximum
load.
(1) Mode is selected by parameter only.
270
Ao0+ Analog Out 0 (+)
10VC 10 Volt Common For (+) 10 Volt references.
2k ohm minimum.+10V +10 Volt Reference
Ai0– Analog Input 0 (–) Isolated (2)
, bipolar, differential, 11 bit & sign.
Voltage Mode:(3)
±10V @ 88k ohm input
impedance.
Current Mode:(3)
0-20 mA @ 93 ohm input
impedance
(2) DifferentialIsolation-Externalsourcemustbemaintainedatless than 160V withrespect toPE. Input provides highcommon mode
immunity.
(3) Mode is selected by jumper J4.
255
Ai0+ Analog Input 0 (+)
Ptc– Motor PTC (–) Motor protection device
(Positive Temperature Coefficient).
250
Ptc+ Motor PTC (+)
T0 Transistor Output 0 Open drain output, 48V DC, 250 mA
maximum load.
24VC 24 Volt Common Drive supplied logic input power.
150 mA maximum+24V +24 Volt DC
Di C Digital Input Common 24V DC (30V DC Max.) - Opto isolated
High State: 20…24V DC
Low State: 0…5V DC
150
Di 1 Digital Input 1
Di 2 Digital Input 2
Ao0-
Ao0+
10VC
+10V
Ai0-
Ai0+
Ptc-
Ptc+
To0
24VC
+24V
Di C
Di 1
Di 2
Fixed I/O Terminal Name Description Rating Related
Param
R0NC Relay 0 N.C. Output Relay 0 normally
closed contact.
240V AC, 24V DC, 2 A max.
Resistive Only
285
286
291
292
R0C Relay 0 Common Output Relay 0 common
R0NO Relay 0 N.O. Output Relay 0 normally
open contact.
General Purpose (Inductive)
/ Resistive
R0NC
R0C
R0NO
Power Block Terminal Name Description Related
Param
Di 0dc Digital Input 0
24V DC (30V DC Max.)
Connections for DC power supply.
150
Di C Digital Input Common Digital input common
Di 0ac Digital Input 0
120V AC (132V AC Max.)
Connections for AC power supply.
High State: 100…132V AC
Low State: 0…30V AC
IMPORTANT This terminal becomes a hardware enable when the ENABLE jumper is removed.
Di 0dc
Di C
Di 0ac

PowerFlex 755 Main Control Board
Frames1…7
Table 41 - Control Board Details
Table 42 - TB1 I/O Terminal Designations
➋ Fan Connector Power supply for internal cooling fan (Frames 2 & 3).
Real Time Clock (Optional, not supplied).
Preserves the Real Time Clock setting in the event power to the drive is
lost or cycled.
➍ DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote HIM options.
➎ Embedded EtherNet/IP(1)
Address
Selectors
(1) Refer to the PowerFlex 755 Drive Embedded EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual, publication 750COM-UM001.
Rotary switches for setting lowest octet of EtherNet address (forces
address to 192.168.1.xxx). Refer to the Programming Manual,
publication 750-PM001 for instructions on setting the IP address.
➏ Embedded EtherNet/IP(1) Connector Network cable connection.
➐ SAFETY Jumper Safety enable jumper. Removed when safety option is installed.
➑ ENABLE Jumper Hardware enable jumper. TB1 becomes an Enable when this jumper is
removed.
➒ TB1 I/O terminal block.
➊
➋
➌
➍
➎
➐
➑
➒
➏
Fixed I/O Terminal Name Description
+24V +24 Volt Power (50 mA Max.) Connections for drive supplied 24V power.
24VC 24 Volt Common
Di 0ac
Di C
Di 0dc
+24V
24VC

Frames8…10
Table 43 - Control Board Details
Table 44 - TB1 I/O Terminal Designations
➋ Fan Connector Power supply for internal cooling fan.
Real Time Clock (Optional, not supplied).
Preserves the Real Time Clock setting in the event power to the drive is
lost or cycled.
➍ DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote HIM options.
➎ ENABLE Jumper Hardware enable jumper. Removed when a hardware enable
configuration is utilized.
➏ Embedded EtherNet/IP(1)
Address
Selectors
(1) Refer to the PowerFlex 755 Drive Embedded EtherNet/IP Adapter User Manual, publication 750COM-UM001.
Rotary switches for setting lowest octet of EtherNet address (forces
address to 192.168.1.xxx). Refer to the Programming Manual,
publication 750-PM001 for instructions on setting the IP address.
➐ Embedded EtherNet/IP(1) Connector Network cable connection.
➑ TB1 I/O terminal block.
➊
➋
➌
➍
➎
➏
➑
➐
+24V +24 Volt Power Connections fordrivesupplied 24V power. 150 mA
maximum24VC 24 Volt Common
Di 0ac
Di C
Di 0dc
+24V
24VC

AC Input Drive Control and Power Terminal Block
Frames8…10
ShuntTripContactOperation
A ground fault occurs when the input ground current exceeds the threshold set in
P16 [Gnd Cur Flt Lvl] on port 11 for five line cycles.
Fixed I/O Terminal Name Description Rating Related
Param
1 SHUNT TRIP
COMMON
Output Relay common 125V AC, 10 A max.,
1250 VA Resistive Only
16 on
Port 11
2 SHUNT TRIP NO Output Relay normally
open contact.
3 FAN 240VAC OUT
NEUTRAL
Connections for cooling
fans.
240V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1.4 A,
336 VA
4 FAN 240VAC OUT
HOT
AC Input Drive Control Panel
1
2
3
4

Common DC Input Drive Control and Power Terminal Blocks
Frames8…10
Fixed I/O Terminal Name Description Rating
1 UPS 120VAC IN NEUTRAL Connections for
Uninterruptible Power Supply
(UPS).(1)
(1) See Uninterruptible Power Supply Connections - Common DC InputDriveson page 209.
N/A
2 UPS 120VAC IN HOT
3 CONTROL 120/240VAC IN NEUTRAL Connections for control power
supply.(2)
(2) See 120/240V AC Power Supply Connections - Common DC Input Drives onpage 210.
N/A
4 CONTROL 120/240VAC IN HOT
5 FAN 240VAC OUT NEUTRAL Connections for cooling fans. 240VAC,50/60Hz,
1.4 A, 336 VA6 FAN 240VAC OUT HOT
Common DC Input Drive Control Panel
TB2 - See Table 46
TB3 - See Table 47
TB4 - See Table 48
TB5 - See Table 49
1
2
3
4
5
6

DCPrechargeBoard
The DC precharge board provides sensing of bus voltage, monitoring of bus fuses
and control over all precharge hardware.
CabinetDoorInterlockandDoorSwitch
The Common DC Input drive supports the installation of a door interlock
solenoid and door switch.
Disconnect Switch (SW2) Operation
1 I/O 24V Drive supplied 24V DC I/O power.
2 I/O 24V COMMON
3 EXT. PRCHRG CLOSE/OPEN INPUT+ External precharge close/open input.
4 EXT. PRCHRG CLOSE/OPEN INPUT-
5 EXT. PRCHRG INHIBIT INPUT+ External precharge inhibit input.
6 EXT. PRCHRG INHIBIT INPUT-
7 RESET FAULTS INPUT + Reset faults input.
8 RESET FAULTS INPUT -
9 PRECHARGE COMPLETE NO Precharge complete normally open input
10 PRECHARGE COMPLETE COM
11 FAULT OUT NC Normally closed contact output.
Normally open contact output.12 FAULT OUT NO
13 FAULT OUT COM
Factory Jumper Settings:
• TB3-1 and TB3-3
• TB3-1 and TB3-5
• TB3-2 and TB3-4
• TB3-2 and TB3-6
IMPORTANTDo not remove the factory installed jumpers.
1 DOOR SWITCH CLOSED Normally open door switch.
Door switch input connection.
Remove TB4-1 to TB4-2 jumper to wire switch.
2 I/O 24V Drive supplied 24V DC power.
Door switch supply or power connection.
3 240 VAC NEUTRAL Solenoid neutral connection.
4 240 VAC HOT DOOR INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
Drive supplied 240V AC power.
Solenoid hot connection.
SW2 is On Door Closed Door Open
See Figure 33 - on page 56
for location.
Solenoid and door switch
circuits are energized.
Alarm is indicated.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4

120VOutputWiringforDriveControl
The Common DC Input drive provides limited 120V control power for use with
the drive control pod option modules. For terminal block wiring specifications
see Table 34 - on page 194.
Table 50 - TB5 Jumper Settings
Fixed I/O Terminal Name Description Rating
1 UPS 120VAC OUT HOT Jumper combinations
select the source of the
120V AC output for drive
control. See Table 50.
120V AC, 50/60 Hz,
0.4 A, 48 VA
Fusing: 1A, 600V,
Class CC, Time Delay
2 120VAC HOT
3 CONTROL 120VAC OUT HOT
4 UPS 120VAC OUT NEUTRAL
5 120VAC NEUTRAL
6 CONTROL 120VAC OUT NEUTRAL
7 120VAC OUT NEUTRAL Drive supplied 120V AC
output for drive control.8 120VAC OUT HOT
120V AC from Control Transformer
Factory Jumper Settings:
• TB5-2 and TB5-3
• TB5-5 and TB5-6
120V AC from User Supplied UPS
User Jumper Settings:
• TB5-1 and TB5-2
• TB5-4 and TB5-5
ATTENTION: Hazard of personal injury or equipment damage exists if jumpers are
incorrectly set. Verify jumpers are set for control scheme used before energizing the
circuit.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8120V AC Output
Neutral
Hot
120V AC Input
Neutral
Hot
1 A
N 120 240 T1
1KVA
SW2
8
7
TB5
TB2
1
2
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8120V AC Output
Neutral
Hot
120V AC UPS Input
Neutral
Hot
1 A
SW2
TB5
TB2
6

Control Transformer Connections - Common DC Input Drives
Frames8…10
The Common DC Input drive control transformer is factory set to 120V AC
input. A 240V AC input setting is also available by changing primary wire
connections.
Figure 111 - Control Transformer Voltage Settings
120 Volt Tap 240 Volt Tap
P2
1.8 N•m(16 lb•in)

Uninterruptible Power Supply Connections - Common DC Input Drives
Frames8…10
The user-supplied 120V AC UPS is connected to the lower 120V rail in the back
of the Common DC Input drive cabinet. The rail is connected to TB2-1 and
TB2-2 on the Common DC Input drive control panel. To use 120V AC UPS
power, configure the TB5 jumpers as shown in Table 50 - on page 207.
Figure 112 - UPS Connection Terminals
29.0
(1.1)
11.0
(0.4)
63.0
(2.5)
1/4-20
4X
7/16 in.
5.1 N•m (45.0 lb•in)
Hot
Neutral
IMPORTANT The UPS wiring is internally wired through the DC input drive disconnect switch SW2
ahead of the UPS terminal connections.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard when servicing the drive, a means for
Lockout/Tagout of an external 120V uninterruptible power supply must be provided. Or
the circuit breaker SW5 must be locked and tagged. Locking and tagging the common
bus precharge disconnect switch SW2 alone does not provide sufficient protection
when servicing the drive.

120/240V AC Power Supply Connections - Common DC Input Drives
The drive-supplied 120/240V AC is wired through a circuit breaker mounted in
the Common DC Input drive cabinet. The circuit breaker is connected to TB2-3
and TB2-4 on the Common DC Input drive control panel.
Figure 113 - 120V Connection Terminals
This 13 A circuit breaker provides branch-circuit short-circuit and overcurrent
protection for the wiring on the primary side of the control transformer, and
protection of the transformer primary. Transformer secondary protection (240V
output) is provided through a 5 A, 600V, Class CC, time delay fuse.
IMPORTANT The transformer primary wiring is internally wired through the DC input drive
disconnectswitchSW2aheadofthecontroltransformerprimaryterminalconnections.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard when servicing the drive, a means for
Lockout/Tagout of an external 120/240V power source must be provided. Or the circuit
breaker SW5 must be locked and tagged. Locking and tagging the common bus
precharge disconnect switch SW2 alone does not provide sufficient protection when
servicing the drive.

Hardware Enable Circuitry
Each main control board has one digital input, Digital Input 0, that can be used
as a general purpose programmable input, or by removal of a jumper, configured
as a dedicated hardware enable, which is unaffected by parameter settings.
• PowerFlex 753 - Digital Input 0 is found on TB3
• PowerFlex 755 - Digital Input 0 is found on TB1
To configure Digital Input 0 as a dedicated hardware enable, complete the
following steps.
1. Access the control pod as described beginning on page 196.
2. Locate and remove ENABLE Jumper on the Main Control Board (see
diagram).
PowerFlex753-ENABLEJumperLocation
PowerFlex755-ENABLEJumperLocation(Frames1…7)

PowerFlex755-ENABLEJumperLocation(Frames8…10)

Safety Enable Circuitry
The drive ships with the safety enable jumper (SAFETY) installed. This jumper
must be removed when using the safe torque off or speed monitoring safety
options.
PowerFlex753-SAFETYJumperLocation
PowerFlex755-SAFETYJumper Location(Frames1…7Only)
Note: Frame 8 drives and larger do not have a safety enable jumper.
IMPORTANT Failure to remove the jumper when using either safety option will cause the drive to
fault when a start command is issued.

PowerFlex 755 Fiber Optic Interface Board
Frames8…10
Table 51 - Fiber Interface Board Details
Table 52 - P13 Terminal Designations
Table 53 - P14 Terminal Designations
➊ Main Control Board Connector 98 pin main control board interface connection.
➋ P13 Connections for user-supplied 24 volt power.
Powers control circuits when main power is removed.
➌ P14 Connections for internal drive-supplied 24 volt power. Connection is
factory wired and must not be modified by the user.
Powers control circuits when main power is connected.
➍ Inverter Connections Fiber optic ports: P1 = INV1, P2 = INV2, P3 = INV3, P4 = INV4, P5 =
INV5
Power Block Terminal Name Description
AP+ +24 Volt Auxiliary Power Connections for customer supplied power supply:
24V DC ±10%, 5 A, PELV (Protective Extra Low
Voltage) or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage)
AP– Auxiliary Power Common
Sh Shield Terminating point for wire shields.
Power Block Terminal Name Description
1 +24 Volt Power Connections for drive supplied power.
2 Power Common
➍
➊
P1 P2 P3
➌
➋
P13
AP+
AP–
Sh
1
2

Drive Device Ports
Connectors, embedded devices, and installed option modules such as I/O,
communication adapters, and DeviceLogix, have unique port number
assignments. Connectors and embedded devices have fixed port numbers that
cannot be changed. Option modules are assigned a port number when installed.
Figure 114 - Drive Device Ports
Port Device Description
00 Host Drive Fixed port for the drive.
01 HIM Fixed port at HIM cradle connector.
Splitter cable connector provides Port 01 when HIM cradle connector is unused.
02 DPI Port Handheld or Remote HIM connection.
Splitter cable connection.
03 Splitter Cable Connects to DPI Port 02.
Provides Port 02 and Port 03.
04…08 Option Modules Available ports for option modules. Refer to the Option Module Installation
section, beginning onpage 216, for each option’s port recommendations.
Important: Ports 07 and 08 are available on PowerFlex 755 Frame 2 drives and
largeronly.PowerFlex755Frame1drivesand753drivesdonotsupportPorts07
and 08.
09 Auxiliary Power Supply
Option Module
Designated port for the Auxiliary Power Supply when connected via cable.
(PowerFlex 755 Frame 1 and 753 drives only. See page 239.)
10 Inverter Fixed port for Inverter (PowerFlex 755 Frame 8 drives and larger only).
11 Converter Fixed port for Converter (PowerFlex 755 Frame 8 drives and larger only).
12 Reserved for future use.
13 EtherNet/IP Fixed port for embedded EtherNet/IP (PowerFlex 755 drives only).
14 DeviceLogix Fixed port for embedded DeviceLogix.
00
01
03
02
02
13
10, 11, 14
05
09
06
04
08
07

Option Module Installation
Compatible port locations may be restricted for each module. An icon
with position number(s) is provided to indicate which option module
ports are compatible. For example, the icon to the right indicates that
the option module is only compatible with port 4.
To install an option module:
1. Firmly press the module edge connector into the desired port.
2. Tighten the top and bottom retaining screws.
– Recommended torque = 0.45 N•m (4.0 lb•in)
– Recommended screwdriver = T15 Hexalobular
ATTENTION: Hazard of equipment damage exists if an option module is installed or
removed while the drive is powered. To avoid damaging the drive, verify that the
voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely and all control power is
removed before performing any work on the drive.
Frames 1…7: Measure the DC bus voltage at the Power Terminal Block by measuring
between the +DC and -DC terminals (refer to Figure 78 and Figure 79 for location),
betweenthe +DC terminaland chassis,andbetweenthe -DC terminalandthechassis.The
Frames8…10:MeasuretheDCbusvoltageattheDC+andDC-TESTPOINTsocketsonthe
front of the power module (refer to Figure 82). The voltage must be zero
IMPORTANT Do not over-tighten retaining screws.

I/O Module
Table 54 - Input Mode Jumpers
20-750-2262C-2R (24VoltsDC)
20-750-2263C-1R2T (24VoltsDC)
20-750-2262D-2R (120VoltsAC)
Jumper
Position
Voltage Mode Current Mode
Param (4)
(4) I/O Module parameters will also have a Port designation.
Sh Shield Terminatingpointfor wire shields whenanEMC plate
or conduit box is not installed.Sh
Ptc– Motor PTC (–) Motor protection device (Positive Temperature
Coefficient).
40
on Port XPtc+ Motor PTC (+)
Ao0– Analog Out 0 (–) Bipolar, ±10V, 11 bit & sign, 2 k ohm minimum load.
4-20 mA, 11 bit & sign, 400 ohm maximum load.
75
on Port XAo0+ Analog Out 0 (+)
Ao1– Analog Out 1 (–) 85
–10V –10 Volt Reference 2k ohm minimum.
10VC 10 Volt Common For (–) and (+) 10 Volt references.
+10V +10 Volt Reference 2k ohm minimum.
Ai0– Analog Input 0 (–) Isolated (2)
, bipolar, differential, 11 bit & sign.
Voltage Mode: ±10V @ 88k ohm input impedance.
Current Mode: 0-20 mA @ 93 ohm input impedance.
(2) Differential Isolation - External source must be maintained at less than 160V with respect to PE. Input provides high common mode
immunity.
50, 70
on Port XAi0+ Analog Input 0 (+)
Ai1– Analog Input 1 (–) 60, 70
24VC 24 Volt Common Drive supplied logic input power.
200 mA max. per I/O module
600 mA max per drive
+24V +24 Volt DC
Di C Digital Input Common Common for Digital Inputs 0…5
Di 0 Digital Input 0 (1)
(1) Digital Inputs are either 24 Volts DC (2262C) or 115 Volts AC (2262D) based on module catalog number. Ensure applied voltage is
correct for I/O module.
24V DC (30V DC Max.) -Opto isolated
High State: 20…24V DC 11.2 mA DC
120V AC (132V AC Max.) 50/60 Hz (3) -Opto isolated
(3) For CE compliance use shielded cable. Cable length should not exceed 30 m (98 ft).
1
on Port XDi 1 Digital Input 1 (1)
ATTENTION: Risk of equipment damage exists. Ensure that the correct voltage is
applied to the I/O Module digital inputs. Refer to the I/O Module catalog number to
determine the voltage rating.
• 20-750-2262C-2R is rated 24 Volts DC
• 20-750-2263C-1R2T is rated 24 Volts DC
• 20-750-2262D-2R is rated 120 Volts AC
Ai0
Ai1
Ai0
Ai1
Sh
Sh
PTC–
PTC+
Ao0–
Ao0+
Ao1–
Ao1+
–10V
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
Ai1–
Ai1+
24VC
+24V
DiC
Di0
Di1
Di2
Di3
Di4
Di5

Table 56 - TB2 Terminal Designations (2 Relay Outputs: 2R)
Table 57 - TB2 Terminal Designations (1 Relay and 2 Transistor Outputs: 1R2T)
Relay Out Terminal Name Description Related
Param
R0NO Relay 0 N.O. Relay Normally Open contact output:
General Purpose (Inductive) / Resistive
Relay Normally Closed contact output:
Resistive Only
10, 100,
101, 105,
106
on Port X
R0C Relay 0 Common
R0NC Relay 0 N.C.
R1NO Relay 1 N.O. 20, 110,
111, 115,
116
on Port X
R1C Relay 1 Common
R1NC Relay 1 N.C.
Param
Resistive Only
10, 100,
101, 105,
106
on Port X
R0C Relay 0 Common
R0NC Relay 0 N.C.
T0 Transistor Output 0 Transistor output
Rating: 24V DC = 1 A max.
24V DC = 0.4 A Max for U.L.
applications
Resistive
20
on Port X
TC Transistor Output
Common
T1 Transistor Output 1 30
on Port X
R0NO
R0C
R0NC
R1NO
R1C
R1NC
R0NO
R0C
R0NC
T0
TC
T1

I/O Wiring Examples
753MainControlBoardTB1WiringExamples
Input/Output Connection Example Required Parameter Changes
Potentiometer Unipolar
Speed Reference
10k Ohm Pot. Recommended
(2k Ohm Minimum)
753 Main Control Board TB1
• Set Direction Mode
Port 0: P308 [Direction Mode] = 0 “Unipolar”
• Set Selection
Port 0: P545 [Spd Ref A Sel] = Port 0: P260 [Anlg In0 Value]
• Adjust Scaling
Port 0: P261 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 10 Volt
Port 0: P262 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 Volt
Port 0: P547 [Spd Ref A AnlgHi] = 60 Hz
Port 0: P548 [Spd Ref A AnlgLo] = 0 Hz
• View Results
Port 0: P260 [Anlg In0 Value]
Port 0: P592 [Selected Spd Ref]
Analog Input Bipolar Speed
Reference
±10V Input
Port 0: P308 [Direction Mode] = 1 “Bipolar”
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port 0: P261 [Anlg In0 Hi] = +10 Volt
Port 0: P262 [Anlg In0 Lo] = -10 Volt
Port 0: P547 [Spd Ref A AnlgHi] = +60 Hz
Port 0: P548 [Spd Ref A AnlgLo] = -60 Hz
• View Results
Analog Voltage Input
Unipolar Speed Reference
0 to +10V Input
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port 0: P261 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 10 Volt
Port 0: P262 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 Volt
• View Results
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
J4
3 1
4 2
Ai0–
Ai0+
Common
+
J4
3 1
4 2
Ai0–
Ai0+
Common
+
J4
3 1
4 2

Analog Current Input
0-20 mA Input
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port 0: P261 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 20 mA
Port 0: P262 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 mA
• View Results
HW Input PTC
PTC Nominal = 1.8 k Ohm
PTC Trip = 3.1k Ohm
PTC Reset = 2.2 k Ohm
• Configuration
Port 0: P250 [PTC Cfg] = 0 “Ignore,” 1 “Alarm,” 2 “Flt Minor,”
3 “FltCoastStop,” 4 “Flt RampStop,” or 5 “Flt CL Stop”
• View Results
Port 0: P251 [PTC Status]
Analog Voltage Output
±10V, 0…20 mA Bipolar
+10V Unipolar
• Configuration
Port 0: P270 [Anlg Out Type], bit 0 = 0
• Set Selection
Port 0: P275 [Anlg Out0 Sel] = Port 0: P3 [Mtr Vel Fdbk]
• Adjust Scaling
Port 0: P278 [Anlg Out0 DataHi] = 60 Hz
Port 0: P279 [Anlg Out0 DataLo] = 0 Hz
Port 0: P280 [Anlg Out0 Hi] =10V/20 mA
Port 0: P281 [Anlg Out0 Lo] = 0V/0 mA
• View Results
Port 0: P277 [Anlg Out0 Data]
Port 0: P282 [Anlg Out0 Val]
2-Wire Control Non-
Reversing
24V DC internal supply
Port 0: P308 [Direction Mode] = 2 “Rev Disable”
• Set Selection
Port 0: P163 [DI Run] = Port 0: P220 [Digital In Sts], bit 1 = Digital In 1
• View Results
Port 0: P220 [Digital In Sts]
Port 0: P935 [DriveStatus 1]
2-Wire Control Reversing
External 24 volt supply
• Set Selection
Port 0: P164 [DI Run Forward] = Port 0: P220 [Digital In Sts], bit 1 = Digital In 1
Port 0: P165 [DI Run Reverse] = Port 0: P220 [Digital In Sts], bit 2 = Digital In 2
• View Results
753MainControlBoardTB1WiringExamples(Continued)
Ai0–
Ai0+
Common
+
J4
3 1
4 2
1.8k
PTC
Ptc–
Ptc+
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, the connection of the motor
temperature sensor requires double or reinforced insulation between motor live parts
and the PTC.
Ao0–
Ao0+
+ –
24VC
+24V
Di C
Di 1
Stop-Run
Di C
Di 1
Di 2
+24V Common
Run Fwd
Run Rev

3-Wire Control
Internal supply
• Set Selection
Port 0: P158 [DI Stop] = Port 0: P220 [Digital In Sts], bit 1 = Digital In 1
Port 0: P161 [DI Start] = Port 0: P220 [Digital In Sts], bit 2 = Digital In 2
• View Results
3-Wire Control
• Set Selection
• View Results
Digital Input
PLC Output Module
• Set Selection
• View Results
Digital Output
Internal supply
• Set Selection
Port 0: P240 [TO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
Port 0: P225 [Dig Out Sts]
When T0 is On, IN-0 is Off.
Digital Output
External supply
PLC TB 753 TB1
753MainControlBoardTB1WiringExamples(Continued)
24VC
+24V
Di C
Di 1
Di 2
Stop
Start
Di C
Di 1
Di 2
Stop
Start
+24V Common
DiC
Di1
Di2
Neutral/
Common
Control from
Prog. Controller
10k Ohm, 2Watt
T0
+24V
T0
24VC
+24V Common
5k Ohm
2Watt
T0
24VC
+24VDC Common
PLC
1756-1B16
OR
IN-0
GND-0
T0
24VC
+24VDC Common
PLC
1756-1V16
OR
DC-0+
IN-0

750-SeriesI/OModuleTB1WiringExamples
Speed Reference
(2k Ohm Minimum)
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
Port 0: P545 [Spd Ref A Sel] = Port X (I/O Module): P50 [Anlg In0 Value]
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 10 Volt
Port X (I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 Volt
• View Results
Port X (I/O Module): P50 [Anlg In0 Value]
Joystick Bipolar Speed
Reference
±10V Input
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = +10 Volt
Port X (I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = -10 Volt
• View Results
Reference
±10V Input
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = +10 Volt
Port X (I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = -10 Volt
• View Results
0 to +10V Input
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In1 Hi] = 10 Volt
Port X (I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In1 Lo] = 0 Volt
• View Results
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
–10V
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
Ai0–
Ai0+
Common
+
Ai0–
Ai0+
Common
+
Ai0
Ai1

0-20 mA Input
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 20 mA
Port X (I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 mA
• View Results
HW Input PTC
PTC Nominal = 1.8 k Ohm
PTC Trip = 3.1 k Ohm
PTC Reset = 2.2 k Ohm
I/O Module TB1
• Configuration
Port X (I/O Module): P40 [PTC Cfg] = 0 “Ignore,” 1 “Alarm,” 2 “Flt Minor,”
3 “Flt CoastStop,” 4 “Flt RampStop,” or 5 “Flt CL Stop”
• View Results
Port X (I/O Module): P41 [PTC Sts]
Port X (I/O Module): P42 [PTC Raw Value]
+10V Unipolar
I/O Module TB1
• Configuration
Port X (I/O Module): P70 [Anlg Out Type], bit 0 = 0
• Set Selection
Port X (I/O Module): P75 [Anlg Out0 Sel] = Port 0: P3 [Mtr Vel Fdbk]
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (I/O Module): P78 [Anlg Out0 DataHi] = 60 Hz
Port X (I/O Module): P79 [Anlg Out0 DataLo] = 0 Hz
Port X (I/O Module): P80 [Anlg Out0 Hi] =10V/20 mA
Port X (I/O Module): P81 [Anlg Out0 Lo] = 0V/0 mA
• View Results
Port X (I/O Module): P77 [Anlg Out0 Data]
Port X (I/O Module): P82 [Anlg Out0 Val]
2-Wire Control Non-
Reversing
I/O Module TB1
• Configuration
Port 0: P150 [Digital In Cfg] = 1 “Run Level”
• Set Selection
Port 0: P163 [DI Run] = Port X (I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 0 = Input 0
• View Results
Port X (I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts]
20-750-2262C-2R
20-750-2263C-1R2T
I/O Module TB1
• Configuration
• Set Selection
Port 0: P164 [DI Run Forward] = Port X (I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 0 = Input 0
Port 0: P165 [DI Run Reverse] = Port X (I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 1 = Input 1
• View Results
750-SeriesI/OModuleTB1WiringExamples(Continued)
Ai0–
Ai0+
Common
+
Ai0
Ai1
1.8k
PTC
Ptc–
Ptc+
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, the connection of the motor
temperature sensor requires double or reinforced insulation between motor live parts
and the PTC.
Ao0–
Ao0+
+ –
24VC
+24V
Di C
Di 0
Stop-Run
Di C
Di 0
Di 1
+24V Common
Run Fwd
Run Rev

3-Wire Control
Internal supply
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
Port 0: P158 [DI Stop] = Port X (I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 0 = Input 0
Port 0: P161 [DI Start] = Port X (I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 1 = Input 1
• View Results
3-Wire Control
20-750-2262C-2R
20-750-2263C-1R2T
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• View Results
3-Wire Control
20-750-2262D-2R
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• View Results
Digital Input
PLC Output Module
I/O Module TB1
• Set Selection
• View Results
24VC
+24V
Di C
Di 0
Di 1
Stop
Start
Di C
Di 0
Di 1
Stop
Start
+24V Common
Di C
Di 0
Di 1
Stop
Start
+120V Common
DiC
Di0
Di1
Neutral/
Common
Control from
Prog. Controller
10k Ohm, 2Watt

RelayWiringExamples
Digital Output
Internal supply
20-750-2263C-1R2T
I/O Module TB1
I/O Module TB2
• Set Selection
Port X (I/O Module): P20 [TO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
Port X (I/O Module): P5 [Dig Out Sts]
Digital Output
External supply
20-750-2263C-1R2T
PLC TB I/O Module TB2
24VC
+24V
T0
TC
T1
T0
TC
T1
+24V Common
T0
TC
T1
T0
TC
T1
OR
+24VDC Common
PLC
1756-1B16
IN-0
GND-0
+24VDC Common
PLC
1756-1V16
OR
DC-0+
IN-0
Relay Output
External supply
753 Main Control Board • Set Selection
Port 0: P230 [RO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
750-Series I/O Module • Set Selection
Port X (I/O Module): P10 [RO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
Port X (I/O Module): P5 [Dig Out Sts]
Power
Source
R0NC
R0C
R0NO
Power
Source
or R0NO
R0C
R0NC
R1NO
R1C
R1NC

11-Series I/O Module
Table 58 - Analog Input Mode Jumpers
20-750-1132C-2R (24VoltsDC)
20-750-1133C-1R2T (24VoltsDC)
20-750-1132D-2R (120VoltsAC)
Voltage Mode Current Mode
Param (4)
(4) I/O Module parameters will also have a Port designation.
–10V –10 Volt Reference Negative 10V DC for analog inputs. 2k ohm minimum.
10VC 10 Volt Common For (–) and (+) 10 Volt references.
+10V +10 Volt Reference Positive 10V DCfor analog inputs. 2k ohm minimum.
or conduit box is not installed.
Ao0– Analog Out 0 (–) Bipolar, ±10V, 11 bit & sign, 2 k ohm minimum load.
4-20 mA, 11 bit & sign, 400 ohm maximum load.
75
Ai0– Analog Input 0 (–) Differential (2), bipolar, 11 bit & sign.
Voltage Mode: ±10V @ 88k ohm input impedance.
Current Mode: 0-20 mA @ 93 ohm input impedance.
(2) Differential - External source must be maintained at less than 160V with respect to PE. Input provides high common mode
immunity.
50, 70
Di0 Digital Input 0 24V DC (30V DC Max.) -Opto isolated
High State: 20…24V DC 11.2 mA DC
120V AC (132V AC Max.) 50/60 Hz (3) -Opto isolated
(3) For CE compliance use shielded cable. Cable length should not exceed 30 m (98 ft).
1
on Port XDi0P Digital Input 0 Power(1)
(1) Digital Inputs are either 24 Volts DC (1132C) or 115 Volts AC (1132D) based on module catalog number. Ensure applied voltage is
correct for I/O module.
Di1 Digital Input 1
Di1P Digital Input 1Power(1)
Di2 Digital Input 2
Di2P Digital Input 2 Power(1)
Ip Input Power External 24V DC or 115V AC power supply input
connections.Ic Input Common
EnC Enable Output ATEX fault enable output. Used only when an ATEX
option module is installed.EnNO
ATTENTION: Risk of equipment damage exists. Ensure that the correct voltage is
applied to the I/O Module digital inputs. Refer to the I/O Module catalog number to
determine the voltage rating.
• 20-750-1132C-2R is rated 24 Volts DC
• 20-750-1133C-1R2T is rated 24 Volts DC
• 20-750-1132D-2R is rated 120 Volts AC
P5
1
2
P4
1
2
P5
1
2
P4
1
2
–10V
10VC
+10V
Sh
Ao0–
Ao0+
Sh
Ai0–
Ai0+
Sh
Di0
Di0P
Di1
Di1P
Di2
Di2P
Ip
Ic
EnC
EnNO

Table 60 - TB2 Terminal Designations (2 Relay Outputs: 2R)
Table 61 - TB2 Terminal Designations (1 Relay and 2 Transistor Outputs: 1R2T)
Table 62 - 24 Volt DC Power Supply Source for Digital Inputs Jumpers
11-Series I/O with ATEX Module
The 11-Series I/O option module can be used with the ATEX option module,
catalog number 20-750-ATEX. For detailed information on installation of 11-
Series I/O with the ATEX option module, refer to the PowerFlex 750-Series
ATEX User Manual, publication 750-UM003.
Param
240V AC, 30V DC, 3.5 A max.
Resistive Only
10, 100,
101, 105,
106
on Port X
R0C Relay 0 Common
R0NC Relay 0 N.C.
R1NO Relay 1 N.O. 20, 110,
111, 115,
116
on Port X
R1C Relay 1 Common
R1NC Relay 1 N.C.
Param
240V AC, 24V DC, 3.5 A max.
Resistive Only
10, 100,
101, 105,
106
on Port X
R0C Relay 0 Common
R0NC Relay 0 N.C.
T0 Transistor Output 0 Transistor output
Rating: 24V DC = 1 A max. including U.L.
applications
Resistive
20
on Port X
TC Transistor Output
Common
T1 Transistor Output 1 30
on Port X
Internal External
Important: 24 Volt DC supply is only used with modules 20-750-1132C-2R and 20-750-1133C-1R2T.
R0NO
R0C
R0NC
R1NO
R1C
R1NC
R0NO
R0C
R0NC
T0
TC
T1
P3 P8
3
1
3
1
P3 P8
3
1
3
1

11-Series I/O Wiring Examples
11-SeriesI/OModuleTB1WiringExamples
Speed Reference
(2k Ohm Minimum)
11-Series I/O Module TB1
Port 0: P308 [Direction Mode] =0 “Unipolar”
• Set Selection
Port 0: P545 [Spd Ref A Sel] = Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P50 [Anlg In0 Value]
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 10 Volt
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 Volt
• View Results
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P50 [Anlg In0 Value]
Joystick Bipolar Speed
Reference
±10V Input
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = +10 Volt
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = -10 Volt
• View Results
Reference
±10V Input
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = +10 Volt
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = -10 Volt
• View Results
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
Sh
P5
1
2
P4
1
2
–10V
10VC
+10V
Ai0–
Ai0+
Sh
P5
1
2
P4
1
2
Ai0–
Ai0+
Sh
Common
+
P5
1
2
P4
1
2

0 to +10V Input
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In1 Hi] = 10 Volt
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In1 Lo] = 0 Volt
• View Results
0-20 mA Input
• Set Selection
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P51 [Anlg In0 Hi] = 20 mA
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P52 [Anlg In0 Lo] = 0 mA or 4 mA
• View Results
+10V Unipolar
• Configuration
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P70 [Anlg Out Type], bit 0 = 0
• Set Selection
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P75 [Anlg Out0 Sel] = Port 0: P3 [Mtr Vel Fdbk]
• Adjust Scaling
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P78 [Anlg Out0 DataHi] = 60 Hz
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P79 [Anlg Out0 DataLo] = 0 Hz
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P80 [Anlg Out0 Hi] =10V/20 mA
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P81 [Anlg Out0 Lo] = 0V/0 mA
• View Results
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P77 [Anlg Out0 Data]
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P82 [Anlg Out0 Val]
Ai0–
Ai0+
Sh
Common
+
P5
1
2
P4
1
2
Ai0–
Ai0+
Sh
Common
+
P5
1
2
P4
1
2
Ao0–
Ao0+
Sh
+ –

2-Wire Control Non-
Reversing
• Configuration
• Set Selection
Port 0: P163 [DI Run] = Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 0 = Input 0
• View Results
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts]
Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1]
20-750-1132C-2R
20-750-1133C-1R2T
• Configuration
• Set Selection
Port 0: P164 [DI Run Forward] = Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 0 = Input 0
Port 0: P165 [DI Run Reverse] = Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 1 = Input 1
• View Results
3-Wire Control
Internal supply
• Set Selection
Port 0: P158 [DI Stop] = Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 0 = Input 0
Port 0: P161 [DI Start] = Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P1 [Dig In Sts], bit 1 = Input 1
• View Results
Di0
Di0P
Stop-Run
P3 P8
3
1
3
1
Di0
Di0P
Di1
Di1P
Ip
Ic
+24V
Common
Run Fwd
Run Rev
P3 P8
3
1
3
1
Di0
Di0P
Di1
Di1P
Stop
Start
P3 P8
3
1
3
1

3-Wire Control
20-750-1132C-2R
20-750-1133C-1R2T
• Set Selection
• View Results
3-Wire Control
20-750-1132D-2R
• Set Selection
• View Results
Di0
Di0P
Di1
Di1P
Ip
Ic
+24V
Common
Stop
Start
P3 P8
3
1
3
1
Di0
Di0P
Di1
Di1P
Ip
Ic
+120V
Common
Stop
Start
P3 P8
3
1
3
1

Digital Input
PLC Output Module
External supply
• Set Selection
• View Results
Note: Pull down resistors may be required by some PLC interfaces.
Di0
Di1
Ip
IcNeutral/Common
+120V AC/24V DC
Control from
Prog. Controller
10k Ohm, 2Watt
(See Note)
OR
Di0
Di1
Ip
Ic
12
34
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
1920
2122
2324
2526
2728
2930
3132
3334
3536
+DC-0
+DC-0
+DC-0
+DC-0
+DC-1
+DC-0
+DC-0
+DC-0
GND-0
Not Used
+DC-1
+DC-1
+DC-1
+DC-1
+DC-1
+DC-1
GND-1
GND-1
OUT-0
OUT-1
OUT-2
OUT-3
OUT-8
OUT-4
OUT-5
OUT-6
OUT-7
Not Used
OUT-9
OUT-10
OUT-11
OUT-12
OUT-13
OUT-14
OUT-15
Not Used
+24V DC Common
PLC
1756-0B16D
PLC TB 11-Series I/O Module TB
P3 P8
3
1
3
1

Digital Output
Internal supply
20-750-1133C-1R2T
Main Control Board TB1
• Set Selection
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P20 [TO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P5 [Dig Out Sts]
Digital Output
External supply
20-750-1133C-1R2T
PLC TB 11-Series I/O Module TB2
• Set Selection
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P20 [TO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
24VC
+24V
T0
TC
T1
+24V
24VC
753 755
P3 P8
3
1
3
1
+24V Common
T0
TC
T1
T0
TC
T1
OR
+24VDC
Common
PLC
1756-1B16
IN-9
IN-11
IN-13
IN-15
GND-1
IN-1
IN-3
IN-5
IN-7
GND-0
IN-8
IN-10
IN-12
IN14
GND-1
IN-0
IN-2
IN-4
IN-6
GND-0

11-SeriesI/ORelayWiringExamples
Relay Output
External supply
753 Main Control Board • Set Selection
Port 0: P230 [RO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
750-Series 11-Series I/O Module • Set Selection
Port X (11-Series I/O Module): P10 [RO0 Sel] = Port 0: P935 [Drive Status 1], bit 7 = Faulted
• View Results
Power
Source
R0NC
R0C
R0NO
Power
Source
or R0NO
R0C
R0NC
R1NO
R1C
R1NC

Safe Torque Off Option Module
The safe torque off option is just one component in a safety control system.
Components in the system must be chosen and applied appropriately to achieve
the desired level of operational safety. For detailed information on applying this
option, refer to the PowerFlex 750-Series Safe Torque Off User Manual,
publication 750-UM002.
ImportantSafeTorqueOffOptionModuleInstallationNotes
Cabling
• Safety input wiring must be protected against external damage by cable
ducting, conduit, armored cable or other means.
• Shielded cable is required.
Power Supply Requirements
• The external power supply must conform to the Directive 2006/95/EC
Low Voltage, by applying the requirements of EN61131-2 Programmable
Controllers, Part 2 - Equipment Requirements and Tests and one of the
following:
– EN60950 - SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage)
– EN60204 - PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage)
– IEC 60536 Safety Class III (SELV or PELV)
– UL 508 Limited Voltage Circuit
– 24V DC ±10% must be supplied by a power supply that complies with
– IEC/EN60204 and IEC/EN 61558-1.
• For planning information, refer to the guidelines in Industrial Automation
Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1.
20-750-S Terminal Name Description
SP+ +24 Volt Safety Power User-supplied power: 24 volt ±10%
45 mA typicalSP- Safety Power Common
SE+ +24 Volt Safety Enable User-supplied power: 24 volt ±10%
25 mA typicalSE- Safety Enable Common
Sd Shield Terminating point for wire shields when an EMC
plate or conduit box is not installed.Sd Shield
Safety Input Connection Example
Power Supply
Important: Only break the 24V DC user-supplied power feeding the option
module. Do not remove the line voltage from the 24V DC power supply.
SP+
SE+
Sd
SP-
SE-
Sd
SE-
SP+
SP-
SE+
Sd Sd
Common
+24V
+24V
Common

Port Assignment
• When used in an Integrated Motion application, the Safe Torque Off
option must be installed in port 6.
• Only one safety option module can be installed at a time. Multiple safety
options or duplicate safety option installations are not supported.
Jumper Settings
• Ensure the hardware enable jumper (ENABLE) on the main control board
is installed. Refer to page 211 for location. If not installed, the drive will
fault when powered up.
• Ensure the safety enable jumper (SAFETY) on the main control board is
removed (Frames 1…7 only). Refer to page 213 for location.

Safe Speed Monitor Option Module
The Safe Speed Monitor option is just one component in a safety control system.
Components in the system must be chosen and applied appropriately to achieve
the desired level of operational safety. For detailed information on applying this
option, refer to the Safe Speed Monitor Option Module for PowerFlex 750-
Series AC Drives Safety Reference Manual, publication 750-RM001.
20-750-S1 Terminal Name Signal Name Description
S11 Pto0 TEST_OUT_0 Pulse test source for safety inputs.
S11
S11
S21 Pto1 TEST_OUT_1 Pulse test source for safety inputs.
S21
S21
Param
S34 Res0 Reset
52 Dco1 Door Control Output.
Enables pulse testing.
74
51 Dco0
78 Slo1 Safe Limited Speed Output.
73
68 Slo0
44 Sso1 Safe Stop Output.
72
34 Sso0
X42 Lmi1 Lock Monitoring Input 60
X32 Lmi0
S42 Dmi1 Door Monitoring Input 58
S32 Dmi0
S62 Sli1 Safe Limited Speed Input 52
S52 Sli0
S82 Esm1 Enabling Switch Monitoring Input 54
S72 Esm0
S22 Ssi1 Safe Stop Input 44
S12 Ssi0
A2 24VC Customer supplied 24V DC. Module is not functional
without these connections.A1 +24V
S11
S11
S11
S21
S21
S21
S34
52
51
78
68
44
34
X42
X32
S42
S32
S62
S52
S82
S72
S22
S12
A2
A1

ImportantSafeSpeedMonitorOptionModuleInstallationNotes
Cabling
• Safety input wiring must be protected against external damage by cable
ducting, conduit, armored cable or other means.
• Shielded cable is required.
• When installed in a Frame 8 or larger drive, an EMC Core Kit, catalog
number 20-750-EMCSSM1-F8, is required.
Feedback Devices
The Safe Speed Monitor option must be used with one of the following feedback
devices.
• Dual Incremental Encoder module, catalog number 20-750-DENC-1
• Universal Feedback module catalog number 20-750-UFB-1
Port Assignment
• The Safe Speed Monitor option and the feedback device must be installed
on the same backplane using ports 4, 5, or 6.
• When used in an Integrated Motion application, the Safe Speed Monitor
option must be installed in port 6.
• Only one safety option module can be installed at a time. Multiple safety
options or duplicate safety option installations are not supported.
Jumper Settings
• Ensure the hardware enable jumper (ENABLE) on the main control board
is installed. Refer to page 211 for location. If not installed, the drive will
fault when powered up.
• Ensure the safety enable jumper (SAFETY) on the main control board is
removed (Frames 1…7 only). Refer to page 213 for location.
Parameter Settings
There are required parameter settings when used with the Universal Feedback
module.
• Set Safe Speed Monitor parameter P28 [Fbk 1 Type] to option 0 “Sine/
Cosine.”
• Set Universal Feedback parameter P6 [FB0 Device Sel] and/or P36 [FB1
Device Sel] to a Sine/Cosine type device.
20-750-S1 20-750-DENC-1

Auxiliary Power Supply Option Module
A connector cable is provided with Auxiliary Power Supply option modules for
use in PowerFlex 753 drives. The cable is used to connect the module to the
backplane when installed on the upper control pod brackets.
Figure 115 - Auxiliary Power Supply Installation in PowerFlex 753 Drive (All Frames) and
PowerFlex 755 (Frame 1 Drives Only)
20-750-APS Terminal Name Description
AP+ +24 Volt Auxiliary Power Connections for customer supplied power supply:
24V DC ±10%, 3 A, PELV (Protective Extra Low
Voltage) or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage)
AP– Auxiliary Power Common
Sh Shield Terminating point for wire shields when an EMC
plate or conduit box is not installed.
IMPORTANT The Auxiliary Power Supply option module may be installed in any option port. Due to
itssize,the modulewillextend over andblock an adjacent port. Therefore, installation
in Port 8 is recommended.
Do not use the Auxiliary Power Supply option module with Frame 8 and larger drives.
Refer to page 214 for information on connecting an external power supply to Frame 8
and larger drives.
IMPORTANT The connector cable is used with PowerFlex 755 Frame 1 drives. The cable is not used
with PowerFlex 755 Frame 2 and larger drives.
AP+
AP–
Sh
AP+
AP-
Sh

DeviceNet Option Module
For complete information on the DeviceNet Option Module, refer to the
PowerFlex 750-Series Drive DeviceNet Option Module User Manual,
publication 750COM-UM002.
Table 67 - DeviceNet Option Module LED Indication
Table 68 - DeviceNet Option Module Rotary Switches
20-750-DNET LED Name Description
➊ PORT DPI Connection Status
➋ MOD Option Module Status
➌ NET A DeviceNet Status
Switch Name Description
➊ Data Rate Switch Sets the DeviceNet data rate at which the option module
communicates.
➋ Node Address
Switches
Sets the node address of the option module.
Terminal Color Signal Function
5 Red V+ Power Supply
4 White CAN_H Signal High
3 Bare SHIELD Shield
2 Blue CAN_L Signal Low
1 Black V- Common
➊
➋
➌
➊
➋
5
4
3
2
1

ControlNet Option Module
For complete information on the ControlNet Option Module, refer to the
PowerFlex 20-750-CNETC Coaxial ControlNet Option Module User Manual,
Table 70 - ControlNet Option Module LED Indication
Table 71 - ControlNet Option Module Rotary Switches
Table 72 - Coax Receptacles
20-750-CNETC LED Name Description
➌ NET A ControlNet Channel A Status
➍ NET B ControlNet Channel B Status
➊ TENS Switch Sets the node address of the option module.
➋ ONES Switch
Receptacle Name Description
➊ Channel A Channel ABNC connection to the network.
➋ Channel B Channel B (redundant) BNC connection to the network.
➊
➋
➌
➍
➊
➋
➊
➋

Dual-Port EtherNet/IP Option Module
For complete information on the Dual-Port EtherNet/IP Option Module, refer
to the PowerFlex 20-750-ENETR Dual-Port EtherNet/IP Option Module User
Manual, publication 750COM-UM008.
Table 73 - EtherNet Option Module LED Indication
Table 74 - EtherNet Option Module Rotary Switches
Table 75 - J4 Jumper
Table 76 - Ethernet Connectors
20-750-ENETR LED Name Description
➌ NET A Network Port 1 Status
➍ NET B Network Port 2 Status
➊ HUNDREDS Switch Sets the node address of the option module.
➋ TENS Switch
➌ ONES Switch
Adapter Mode Tap Mode
Connector Name Description
➊ ENET1 Ethernet RJ45 connection to the network.
➋ ENET2
➌ ENET3 (DEVICE) Connection for the short Ethernet cable (provided
with option module) tothe Ethernet port on the
PowerFlex 755 drive embedded EtherNet/IP adapter.
This is used only for CIP Motion data transfer.
➊
➋
➌
➍
➊
➋
➌
ADPTR
J4
TAP
MODE
ADPTR
J4
TAP
MODE
➊
➋
➌

Profibus Option Module
For complete information on the Profibus Option Module, refer to the
PowerFlex 20-750-PBUS Profibus DPV1 Option Module User Manual,
Table 77 - Profibus Option Module LED Indication
Table 78 - Profibus Option Module Node Address Switches
Table 79 - Profibus Option Module Selection Jumper
Table 80 - Network Connector
20-750-PBUS
LED Name Description
➌ NET A ControlNet Channel A Status
➊ Endianness Selection Switch
(Switch 8)
Sets endianness of data transmitted over
network.
➋ Node Address Switches
(Switches 1…7)
Sets the node address of the option module.
Profibus Mode Profidrive Mode (1)
(1) Profidrive Mode is not yet supported. Changing the jumper position has no effect.
Profibus is selected in both positions.
Name Description
Profibus DB9
Female Connector
Profibus connection to the
network.
➊
➋
➌
➊
➋
P2 P2

BACnet/IP Option Module
For complete information on the BACnet/IP Option Module, refer to the
PowerFlex 20-750-BNETIP BACnet/IP Option Module User Manual,
Table 81 - BACnet/IP Option Module LED Indication
Table 82 - P4 Address Selection Jumper
Table 83 - Ethernet Connector
20-750-BNETIP LED Name Description
➌ NET A BACnet Status
Jumper Position Description
Default network address.
Configured network address.
Name Description
Ethernet RJ45
Connector
BACnet/IP connection to the
Ethernet network.
➊
➋
➌
1 2 3
P4
1 2 3
P4

20-COMM Carrier
Enables use of some 20-COMM adapters with PowerFlex 750-Series drives. See
Table 84.
Refer to publication 750COM-IN001 for instructions on installing a 20-
COMM adapter on the 20-COMM Carrier.
Table 84 - 20-COMM-* Network Adapter Compatibility with 750-Series Drives
Frame1DrivesInstallationRecommendations
• PowerFlex Frame 1 drives require the use of the 20-750-20COMM-F1
Communication Carrier kit. This kit contains the required adapter plate.
• Only install the 20-750-20COMM-F1 Communication Carrier in Port 4.
See page 215 for port locations. Port 5 will not be accessible when this
module is installed.
Frame2andLargerDrivesInstallationRecommendations
• Installing the 20-750-20COMM Communication Carrier in Port 6 is
recommended. Installing in Port 4 or Port 5 will make the adjacent left
port inaccessible to other option modules, and may interfere with network
cable connections.
20-750-20COMM-F1
20-750-20COMM
Frame 1
Frames 2 and Larger
Adapter Type Accesses Ports 2, 3, and 6 for I/O
Connections (Implicit and Explicit
Messaging)
Accesses Port 7
through 14 Devices
Supports Drive Add
On Profiles
Supports Asian-
Languages (5)
(5) Chinese, Japanese, and Korean languages are supported at the time of publication.
20-COMM-B BACnet MS/TP No
20-COMM-C ControlNet (Coax) ✓ (1)
(1) Controller must be capable of reading/writing 32-bit floating point (REAL) values.
✓ v3.001 (3)
(3) Requires this adapter firmware version or higher.
✓ (4)
(4) Requires firmware version v1.05 or higher of the drive Add On Profiles for RSLogix 5000 version v16 or higher.
✓ v3.001 (3)
20-COMM-D DeviceNet No
20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP ✓ v4.001 (3) ✓ (4) ✓ v4.001 (3)
20-COMM-H RS-485 HVAC ✓ v2.009 (2)
(2) Supports all three modes of operation (RTU, P1, N2).
No
20-COMM-K CANopen ✓ v1.001 (3)
20-COMM-L LonWorks ✓ v1.007 (3)
20-COMM-M Modbus/TCP ✓ (1) ✓ v2.001 (3) No ✓ v2.001 (3)
20-COMM-Q ControlNet (Fiber) ✓ (1) ✓ v3.001 (3) ✓ (4) ✓ v3.001 (3)
20-COMM-R Remote I/O No
20-COMM-S RS-485 DF1

Single Incremental Encoder Option Module
Table 85 - Single Incremental Encoder Specifications
20-750-ENC-1 Consideration Description
Input Differential or Single Ended operation, Constant Current Sink operation ~10 mA,
5V DC minimum to 15V DCmaximum sourcing 10 mA
minimum high state voltage of 3.5V DC
maximum low state voltage of 0.4V DC
Maximum Cable Length 30 m (100 ft) @ 5V, 183 m (600 ft) @ 12V
Maximum Input Frequency 250 kHz
Terminal Name Description
Sd Shield Terminating point for wire shields when an EMC
plate or conduit box is not installed.
12 +12 Volt DC Power Power supply for encoder 250 mA.
Com Common +12V and +5V Common
5 +5 Volt DC Power Power supply for encoder 250 mA.
A Encoder A Single channel or quadrature A input.
A- Encoder A (NOT)
B Encoder B Quadrature B input.
B- Encoder B (NOT)
Z Encoder Z Pulse or marker input.
Z- Encoder Z (NOT)
+24 +24 Volt Power source for homing input.
24C Common
HmC Homing Input Common Captures the AB edge counter.
Hm Homing Input
Sd
Com
A
B
Z
+24
HmC
12
5
A-
B-
Z-
24C
Hm

Table 87 - Single Incremental Encoder Sample Wiring
I/O Connection Example
Encoder Power by Drive
12V DC, 250 mA
OR
5V DC, 250 mA
Separately Powered Encoder
Encoder Signal –
Single-Ended, Dual Channel
Encoder Signal –
Differential, Dual Channel
Homing Signal –
Internal Drive Power
Homing Signal –
External Power
Com
+12
Sh
+5
VDC
Com
–
Sh
Com
A-
B-
Z-
A
B
Z
Sh
Z-
Z
Sh
B-
B
A-
A
HmC
+24V 24VC
Hm
Home Switch
HmC Hm
Home Switch
Common +24V
External Power Supply

Dual Incremental Encoder Option Module
Table 88 - Dual Incremental Encoder Jumper Settings
Table 89 - Dual Incremental Encoder Specifications
20-750-DENC-1
20-750-S1 20-750-DENC-1
See Important statement on this page.
Jumper Enabled Position Storage Position
P3 - Safety Jumper
Enables use with speed
monitoring safety option
(20-750-S1).
P4 - 12V Jumper
Enables use with 12 volt
supply in “Enabled”
position and 5 volt supply
in “Storage” position.
Consideration Description
Input Differential or Single Ended operation, Constant Current Sink operation ~10 mA
5V DC minimum to 15V DCmaximum sourcing 10 mA
Maximum Cable Length 30 m (100 ft) @ 5V, 183 m (600 ft) @ 12V
IMPORTANT When used with the Safe Speed Monitor option, both modules must be installed on
the same backplane using ports 4, 5, or 6.
P3 P3
P4 P4

Table 90 - Dual Incremental Encoder Terminal Designations
WiringExamples-Single IncrementalEncoderOptionModuleConnections
Figure 116 - Homing Signal – External Power
Figure 117 - Differential Dual Channel with Z Channel
ES +12 or +5 Volt DC Power Power supply for Encoder 0, 250 mA.
EC Common +12V and +5V Encoder 0, common
0A Encoder 0: A Single channel or quadrature A input.
0A- Encoder 0: A (NOT)
0B Encoder 0: B Quadrature B input.
0B- Encoder 0: B (NOT)
0Z Encoder 0: Z Pulse or marker input.
0Z- Encoder 0: Z (NOT)
Sd Encoder Shield Terminating point for wire shields when an EMC
plate or conduit box is not installed.Sd Encoder Shield
ES +12 or +5 Volt DC Power Power supply for Encoder 1, 250 mA.
EC Common +12V and +5V Encoder 1, common
1A Encoder 1: A Single channel or quadrature A input.
1A- Encoder 1: A (NOT)
1B Encoder 1: B Quadrature B input.
1B- Encoder 1: B (NOT)
1Z Encoder 1: Z Pulse or marker input.
1Z- Encoder 1: Z (NOT)
24 +24 Volt Power source for homing input.
24C Common
Hm Homing Input Captures the AB edge counter.
HmC Homing Input Common
EC
0A-
0B-
0Z-
Sd
EC
1A-
1B-
1Z-
24C
HmC
ES
0A
0B
0Z
Sd
ES
1A
1B
1Z
24
Hm
Hm HmC
Home Switch
Common+24V
External Power Supply
Single Incremental Encoder
Option Module TB
Encoder TB
ShieldSh
12V
Com
5V
A
A-
B
Z
Z-
+24V
24VC
B-
HmC
Hm
Enc +12V
Enc Ret
Enc +5V
Enc A
/Enc A
Enc B
/Enc B
Enc Z
/Enc Z

Figure 118 - Differential Dual Channel without Z Channel
Figure 119 - Differential Dual Channel with Z Channel with External Power Supply
Figure 120 - Single-Ended, Dual Channel
Option Module TB
Encoder TB
ShieldSh
12V
Com
5V
A
A-
B
Z
Z-
+24V
24VC
B-
HmC
Hm
Enc +12V
Enc Ret
Enc +5V
Enc A
/Enc A
Enc B
/Enc B
Enc Z
/Enc Z
Option Module TB
Encoder TB
ShieldSh
12V
Com
5V
A
A-
B
Z
Z-
+24V
24VC
B-
HmC
Hm
Enc +12V
Enc Ret
Enc +5V
Enc A
/Enc A
Enc B
/Enc B
Enc Z
/Enc Z
Encoder
Power Supply
Shield
Common
+
Option Module TB
Encoder TB
ShieldSh
12V
Com
5V
A
A-
B
Z
Z-
+24V
24VC
B-
HmC
Hm
Enc +12V
Enc Ret
Enc +5V
Enc A
/Enc A
Enc B
/Enc B
Enc Z
/Enc Z

WiringExamples-DualIncrementalEncoderOptionModuleConnections
Figure 121 - Differential Dual Channel with Z Channel
Dual Incremental Encoder
Option Module TB
Primary
Encoder TB
Enc +12VES
EC
0A
0A-
0B
0B-
0Z
Sd
Sd
ES
EC
1A
1A-
0Z-
1B
1B-
Secondary
Encoder TB
1Z
1Z-
24
24C
Hm
HmC
Enc Ret
Enc A
/Enc A
Enc B
/Enc B
Enc Z
/Enc Z
Shield
Enc +12V
Enc Ret
Enc A
/Enc A
Enc B
/Enc B
Enc Z
/Enc Z
Shield

Universal Feedback Option Module - 755 Drives Only
Table 91 - Universal Feedback Option Module LED Indication
Table 92 - Universal Feedback Option Module DIP Switch Settings - Safety Application
20-750-UFB-1
LED Name Color State Description
➊ Board Unlit Off Not powered.
Green Flashing Initializing, not active.
Communication lost, attempting to reconnect.
Steady Operational, no faults are present.
Red Flashing Module error.
• Check P1 [Module Sts]
Steady Normal operation.
Module is booting.
Fatal moduleerror.
• Cycle power
• Flash update module firmware
• Replace module
Yellow Flashing A type 2 alarm condition exists.
Steady A type 1 alarm condition exists.
Yellow /
Green
Flashing
Alternately
Module is flash updating.
➋ DPI Unlit Off Not powered. Not communicating.
Green Flashing Module is attempting to communicate with the DPI host.
Steady • Properly connected and communicating.
• Module is flash updating.
Red Flashing Module is not communicating with the DPI host.
Steady DPI communication failure such as invalid port.
Yellow Flashing Normal operation.
Steady Peripheral is connected to a SCANport product and does
not support a SCANport compatibility mode.
Safety Channel Selection DIP Switch Settings (1)
(1) DIP switches only function when safety channels are used.
Primary Safety Channel
To connect feedback signals to the Primary Safety Channel, set:
S1 sliders to ON
S2 sliders to OFF
S3 slider to ON
Secondary Safety Channel
To connect feedback signals to the Secondary Safety Channel, set:
S1 sliders to OFF
S2 sliders to ON
S3 slider to ON
Primary and Secondary Safety Channels
ToconnectfeedbacksignalstoboththePrimaryandSecondarySafetyChannels,set:
S1 sliders to ON
S2 sliders to ON
S3 slider to ON
➊
➋
S1 S2 S3
S1 S2 S3
S1 S2 S3

-Sn Sine (–) Positive and negative terminals for Sine and
Cosine signals.
For use with 5V incremental encoders only.
+Sn Sine (+)
-Cs Cosine (–)
+Cs Cosine (+)
Is Inner Shield Heidenhain inner shield terminal
Os Outer Shield Cable shield terminal
-Xc Channel X Clock (–) Negative clock terminal (Channel X)
+Xc Channel X Clock (+) Positive clock terminal (Channel X)
-Xd Channel X Data (–) Negative data terminal (Channel X)
+Xd Channel X Data (+) Positive data terminal (Channel X)
-Hf Heidenhain Supply Feedback (–) For incremental feedback applications, tie
terminal -Hf to 5c and terminal +Hf to +5 for
proper voltage regulation.
+Hf Heidenhain Supply Feedback (+)
5c Common +5V Common
+5 +5 Volt DC Power Power supply for encoder 250 mA
12c Common +12V Common
+12 +12 Volt DC Power Power supply for encoder
(10.5V @ 250 mA)
-A Encoder A(NOT) Single channel or quadrature A input or
encoder output.(1)
(1) Inputs support 5V incremental encoders only. The encoder outputs differential voltage is 3.3V.
A Encoder A
-B Encoder B (NOT) Quadrature B input or encoder output.(1)
B Encoder B
-Z Encoder Z (NOT) Pulse or marker input or encoder output.(1)
Z Encoder Z
-Hm Home Input (–) 12V DC @ 9 mA to 24V DC @ 40 mA
+Hm Home Input (+)
-R0 Registration Input 0 (–) Positive and negative encoder registration
terminals.
12V DC @ 9 mA to 24V DC @ 40 mA
+R0 Registration Input 0 (+)
-R1 Registration Input 1 (–)
+R1 Registration Input 1 (+)
-Yc Channel Y Clock (–) Negative clock terminal (Channel Y)
+Yc Channel Y Clock (+) Positive clock terminal (Channel Y)
-Yd Channel Y Data (–) Negative data terminal (Channel Y)
+Yd Channel Y Data (+) Positive data terminal (Channel Y)
IMPORTANT Only one linear feedback device can be connected to the option module. Wire the
device to either Channel X on TB1 or Channel Y on TB2.
-Sn
-Cs
IS
-Xc
-Xd
-Hf
5c
12c
-A
-B
-Z
+Sn
+Cs
OS
+Xc
+Xd
+Hf
+5
+12
A
B
Z
-Hm
-R0
-R1
-YC
-YD
+Hm
+R0
+R1
+YC
+YD

Table 95 - Universal Feedback Incremental AquadB Encoder
Table 96 - Supported Encoders
Consideration Description
Input Differential or Single Ended operation, Constant Current Sink operation ~10 mA
3.5V DC minimum to 7.5V DC maximum sourcing 10 mA
Maximum Cable Length 30 m (100 ft) @ 5V
Consideration Heidenhain (EnDat) SSI Stegmann
(Hiperface)
BiSS Stahl (linear) Temposonics (linear)
Encoder Voltage Supply 5V @ 250 mA 10.5V @ 250 mA 10.5V @ 250 mA 10.5V @ 250 mA External Supplied 24V External Supplied 24V
High-Resolution Signal Sine/Cosine 1V P-P Sine/Cosine 1V P-P Sine/Cosine 1V P-P Sine/Cosine 1V P-P n/a n/a
Maximum Cable Length 100 m 100 m 90 m 100 m 100 m 100 m
Update Rate(1)
102.4 µs 102.4 µs 102.4 µs 102.4 µs 0.5/1.0/1.5/2.0 ms 0.5/1.0/1.5/2.0 ms
Maximum Input
Frequency
163.8 kHz 163.8 kHz 163.8 kHz 163.8 kHz n/a n/a
(1) The Universal Feedback Encoder Option Module will acquire the position with the update rates displayed.

Motor Power Cables
For detailed information on 2090-Series flying-lead motor cables, refer to the
Kinetix Motion Accessories Specifications Technical Data, publication
GMC-TD004.
Feedback Device Resolution
When using a PowerFlex 755 drive to control a permanent magnet motor, the
motor feedback device must have a resolution so that the number of pulses per
revolution (PPR) is an exponent of two.
For example: 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192…524288, 1048576…
Motor Feedback Wiring Examples
The following table includes a list of motor, feedback device and cable wiring
examples.
If you are using this motor and/or feedback device… and this cable… See this wiring example…
Heidenhain EnDat angle encoder (e.g., RCN729/829) with internal power supply supplied with encoder Figure 122 - on page 256
Heidenhain EnDat angle encoder with external power supply supplied with encoder Figure 123 - on page 256
Heidenhain Non-EnDat rotary encoder with internal power supply PUR cable supplied with encoder Figure 124 - on page 257
Heidenhain EnDat rotary encoder (ECN 412 EnDat01) with internal power supply supplied with encoder Figure 125 - on page 257
Heidenhain EnDat rotary encoder (ECN 412 EnDat01) with internal power supply PUR cable supplied with encoder Figure 126 - on page 258
MP-Series (460V) motor and Stegmann rotary or Rotary encoder
HPK series motor and Stegmann rotary or Rotary encoder
Allen-Bradley 1326AB-Series motor and Stegmann rotary or Rotary encoder
2090-CFBM7DF-CEAAXX Figure 127 - on page 259
Stegmann rotary encoder 1326-CECU-XXL-XXX Figure 128 - on page 260
Pre-attached, shielded, twisted pair Figure 129 - on page 260
Shielded, twisted pair cable with an 8-pin Berg
style connector
Figure 130 - on page 261
Shielded,twistedpaircablewitha10-pinMSstyle
connector
Shielded, twisted pair cable with a 12-pin DIN
style connector
Linear sensor MDI RG Connector Figure 133 - on page 262
P Integral Cable Figure 133 - on page 262
Registration sensor supplied with sensor Figure 134 - on page 263
Simulated Incremental encoder output customer supplied Figure 135 - on page 263
Incremental encoder with 5V internal power supply customer supplied Figure 136 - on page 264
Incremental encoder with external power supply customer supplied Figure 137 - on page 264

Figure 122 - Heidenhain EnDat Angle Encoder with Internal Power Supply
Set Universal Feedback parameter P6 [FB0 Device Sel] or P36 [FB1 Device Sel]
to 1 “EnDat SC.”
Note:Refer to Installation Instructions supplied with encoder for additional information.
Figure 123 - Heidenhain EnDat Angle Encoder with External Power Supply
Notes: Refer to Installation Instructions supplied with encoder for additional information. The external power supply must be 3.6V to
5.25V, max. 350mA.
TB1-14 (Power+) and TB1-13 (Power-) must not be connected to the encoder. The brown/green and white/green conductors must be
connected to the external power supply. If the external power supply does not have sense connections, the supply feedback (sense)
connections should still be made from the encoder to the universal board (TB1-11,12).
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
Universal Feedback Option
Module TB1
HeidenhainEnDat
Encoder TB
13 B-
12 B+
16 A-
15 A+
11 Inner Shld
Outer Shld
9 CLK/
8 CLK
17 DATA/
14 DATA
4 SUP_FDBK-
1
10 SUP_V-
7 SUP_V+
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
WH/GN
BN/GN
RD/BK
BL/BK
RD/BK
BL/BK
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12
SUP_FDBK+
WH/GN
BN/GN
Module TB1
HeidenhainEnDat
Encoder TB
13 B-
12 B+
16 A-
15 A+
11 Inner Shld
Outer Shld
9 CLK/
8 CLK
17 DATA/
14 DATA
4 SUP_FDBK-
1
10 SUP_V-
7 SUP_V+
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
WH/GN
BN/GN
RD/BK
BL/BK
RD/BK
BL/BK
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
SUP_FDBK+
Power+
Power-
Sense+
Sense-
Power Supply
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure 124 - Heidenhain Non-EnDat Rotary Encoder with Internal Power Supply
to 11 “SinCos Only.”
Figure 125 - Heidenhain EnDat Rotary Encoder (ECN 412 EnDat01) with Internal Power Supply
Module TB1
HeidenhainNon-EnDat
Encoder TB
1
8
6
5
11
2
10
12
YL/BK
GN/BK
WH
BL
WH/GN
BN/GN
RD/BK
BL/BK
RD/BK
BL/BK
YL/BK
GN/BK
WH
BL
WH/Gn
BL/Gn
B-
B+
A-
A+
Inner Shld
Outer Shld
CLK/
CLK
DATA/
DATA
SUP_FDBK-
SUP_V-
SUP_V+
SUP_FDBK+
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12
Module TB1
HeidenhainEnDat
Encoder TB
13 B-
12 B+
16 A-
15 A+
11 Inner Shld
Outer Shld
9 CLK/
8 CLK
17 DATA/
14 DATA
4 SUP_FDBK-
1
10 SUP_V-
7 SUP_V+
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
WH/GN
BN/GN
RD/BK
BL/BK
RD/BK
BL/BK
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
SUP_FDBK+
WH/GN
BN/GN
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure 126 - Heidenhain EnDat Rotary Encoder (ECN 412 EnDat01) with Internal Power Supply
Module TB1
HeidenhainEnDat
Encoder TB
13 B-
12 B+
16 A-
15 A+
11 Inner Shld
Outer Shld
9 CLK/
8 CLK
17 DATA/
14 DATA
4 SUP_FDBK-
1
10 SUP_V-
7 SUP_V+
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
WH/GN
BN/GN
RD/BK
BL/BK
RD/BK
BL/BK
YL/BK
GN/BK
YL
VI
PK
GY
WH
BL
SUP_FDBK+
WH/GN
BN/GN
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure 127 - 460V MP-Series, HPK-Series, or Allen-Bradley 1326AB-Series Motor and a Stegmann
Rotary or Rotary Encoder connected via a 2090-CFBM7DF-CEAAXX
to 2 “Hiperface SC.”
IMPORTANT Do not use 120 Volts with the motor thermostat.
IMPORTANT The Thermal Switch cannot be accessed using 2090-XXNFMP-SXX or 2090-CFBM7XX
series cables.
Module TB1
Stegmann
Encoder TB
B
A
D
C
P
N
WH/RD
RD
WH/OR
OR
WH/BU
BK/WH
BK
BK/WH
BK
WH/RD
RD
WH/OR
OR
WH/GN
GN
WH/GN
GN
REFSIN
+SIN
REFCOS
+COS
DATA- (RS485)
DATA+ (RS485)
SHIELD
POWER COMMON
POWER
OVERALL SHIELD
F
E
R TS+
S TS-
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure 128 - Stegmann Rotary Encoder connected via a 1326-CECU-XXL-XXX Cable
Figure 129 - Stegmann Rotary Encoder connected via a Pre-Attached, Shielded, Twisted Pair
Cable
Module TB1
Stegmann
Encoder TB
C
D
E
F
B
A
BK
BU
WH
BK
BK
RD
BK
RD
BK
BU
WH
BK
GN
BK
GN
BK
REFSIN
+SIN
REFCOS
+COS
DATA- (RS485)
DATA+ (RS485)
SHIELD
POWER COMMON
POWER
OVERALL SHIELD
H
G
I
J
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12
Module TB1
Stegmann
Encoder TB
3
7
4
8
2
1
BK
PK
BU
RD
BN
WH
BN
WH
BK
PK
BU
RD
GN
GY
GN
GY
REFSIN
+SIN
REFCOS
+COS
DATA- (RS485)
DATA+ (RS485)
POWER COMMON
POWER
6
5
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure130-StegmannRotaryEncoderConnectedviaaShielded,TwistedPairCablewithan8-pin
Berg Style Connector
Figure131-StegmannRotaryEncoderConnectedviaaShielded,TwistedPairCablewitha10-pin
MS Style Connector
Module TB1
Stegmann
Encoder TB
3
7
4
8
2
1
BK
PK
BU
RD
BN
WH
BN
WH
BK
PK
BU
RD
GN
GY
GN
GY
REFSIN
+SIN
REFCOS
+COS
DATA- (RS485)
DATA+ (RS485)
POWER COMMON
POWER
6
5
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12
Module TB1
Stegmann
Encoder TB
C
G
D
H
B
A
BK
PK
BU
RD
BN
WH
BN
WH
BK
PK
BU
RD
GN
GY
GN
GY
REFSIN
+SIN
REFCOS
+COS
DATA- (RS485)
DATA+ (RS485)
POWER COMMON
POWER
F
E
OVERALL SHIELDJ
N/CI
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure132-StegmannRotaryEncoderConnectedviaaShielded,TwistedPairCablewitha12-pin
DIN Style Connector
Figure 133 - Linear Sensor with MDI RG Connector or P Integral Cable
to 17 “LinStahl ChY” or 19 “LinSSI ChY.”
Module TB1
Stegmann
Encoder TB
6
5
1
8
10
12
BK
PK
BU
RD
BN
WH
BN
WH
BK
PK
BU
RD
GN
GY
GN
GY
REFSIN
+SIN
REFCOS
+COS
DATA- (RS485)
DATA+ (RS485)
POWER COMMON
POWER
7
2
OVERALL SHIELD9
11
4
3
N/C
N/C
N/C
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12
PK
GN
Module TB1
Module TB2
-Hm
+Hm
-R0
+R0
-R1
+R1
-Yc
-Yd
+Yd
+Yc
(+) Clock3
(-) Clock4
(-) Data1
(+) Data2
+24V DC5
DC Ground6
N/C7
Linear Sensor
TB
YE
GY
RD or BN
WH
PK
GN
YE
GY
RD or BN
WH
24V DC Power Supply
+ Power
- Common
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12

Figure 134 - Registration Sensor
See Universal Feedback parameters P90 through P129.
Figure 135 - Simulated Incremental Encoder Output
Set Universal Feedback parameter P80 [Enc Out Sel] to 2 “Sine Cosine,” 3
“Channel X,” or 4 “Channel Y” as needed.
Module TB1
Module TB2
-Hm
+Hm
-R0
+R0
-R1
+R1
-Yc
-Yd
+Yd
+Yc
Rotary Registration
Sensor
+ Power
Common
+ Power
Common
Line Registration
Sensor
Power
Common
External
Power
Supply
12 or 24V DC
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z
+12
Module TB1
-Sn
+Sn
-Cs
+Cs
IS
OS
-Xc
-Xd
+Xd
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
+Xc
12c
+12
PE
Customer Equipment
-A
A
-B
B
-Z
Z

Figure 136 - Differential Dual Channel with Z Channel with 5V Internal Supply
to 12 “Inc A B Z.”
Figure 137 - Differential Dual Channel with Z Channel with External Power Supply
to 12 “Inc A B Z.”
Module TB1
Incremental
Encoder TB
ShieldOs
-Hf
+Hf
5c
+5
-A
A
B
-Z
Z
-B
DC Return
DC+ Input
/Enc A
Enc A
/Enc B
Enc B
/Enc Z
Enc Z
Module TB1
Incremental
Encoder TB
ShieldOs
-A
A
-B
-Z
Z
B
DC+ Input
DC Return
/Enc A
Enc A
/Enc B
Enc B
/Enc Z
Enc Z
Encoder
Power Supply
Shield
Common
+

Control Pod Cable Routing
Frames8…10
Supports, clips, and cable ties are provided to help route cabling inside the control pod.
Figure 138 - Control POD Detail
IMPORTANT • When routing cabling into the control POD, do not block the cooling fan outlet.
• Do not ground shield wires to inner sheet metal bucket supporting option
modules.
No. Description
➊ I/O Signal shield termination points. Use M4 screws and ring terminals provided to tie together and terminate
drain wires and shields.
➋ Ground shieldwires tooutersheetmetalbucket.Stripcable insulation25mm(1in.)toexposebraid.Attachcable
ties around shield and through slots. Pull tight.
➌ Attachment points for cable management devices provided (6 places).
➍ Cable support ladder.
➎ Fan outlet. Keep clear to help ensure proper cooling.
➏ Control cable entry and routing.
➐ Human Interface Module (HIM) cable entry and routing.
➑ Shield termination points.
➋
➌
➍
➎
➏
➏
➑
➐
➊
➐

Control Wiring - Early Frame 8 Drives with Cabinet Options
Control terminal block TB2 is mounted on the inside right panel of the cabinet
options bay on early production frame 8 drives. TB1 referenced in the
illustrations below resides on the main control board. See page 203.
Table 97 - TB2 Terminal Block Specifications
Figure 139 - Control Terminal Block TB2 - Frame 8 Drives
Table 98 - Input/Output Contactor Data
Control Terminal Block TB2 4.0 mm2
(12 AWG)
0.5 mm2
(20 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.5 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
8 mm
(0.32 in.)
6
7
8
9
10
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
Input/Output Contactor
M2/M4
TB2(8)
TS1
Thermostat
TB2 W1
Hardware Enable Jumper
Note:RemoveW1jumperto
connectahardwareenablecircuit.
TB2(7)TB2(6)
TB1(Di 0dc)
TB2(1)
TB1(+24V)
A1 A2
13
14 TB2(9)
TB2(4)
M2/M4
21
22 TB2(5)
TB2(10)
M2/M4
TB2(3)
Optional Devices
Cat. No. (1)
(1) For full contactor specifications refer to publications 100D-SG001 and 100G-SG001.
Input Pick-Up Hold-In
100-D420EA11 50 Hz 490VA 18VA
100-D420ED11 60 Hz 490VA 18VA
100-D630EA11 50 Hz 1915VA 33VA
100-D630ED11 60 Hz 1915VA 33VA
100-D860EA11 50 Hz 1915VA 33VA
100-D860ED11 60 Hz 1915VA 33VA
100-G1200KD12 60 Hz 2,400VA 70VA

Figure 140 - Frame 8 Cabinet Options Bay Component Location
TB2 or TB4
Thermostat (TS1)

Control Wiring - Current Frame 8 Drives with Cabinet Options
Frame 8 drives are shipped from the factory with control power set to 120V AC.
To change control voltage to 230V AC, move the jumper as shown.
Table 99 - Control Power for Customer Use Voltage Selection - Frame 8 Drives
Control terminal block TB4 is mounted on the inside right panel of the cabinet
options bay in current production drives. TB1 referenced in the illustrations
below resides on the main control board. See page 203.
Table 100 - TB4 Terminal Block Specifications
Figure 141 - Control Terminal Blocks TB3 and TB4 - Frame 8 Drives
120V AC, 60Hz, 4.2A (Factory Setting) 230V AC, 50Hz, 2.2A
(12 AWG)
0.2 mm2
(24 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.5 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
7 mm
(0.28 in.)
(12 AWG)
0.5 mm2
(20 AWG)
0.5 N•m
(4.5 lb•in)
0.4 N•m
(3.5 lb•in)
8 mm
(0.32 in.)
TB3(H)TB4(7) FU12
600V AC, 3A, Class CC
TB3(H)TB4(6) FU12
Input/Output Contactor with or without X1 Option
TS1
Thermostat
TB6(1)TB4(4)TB4(10)TB6(4)TB6(3)TB4(5)TB6(2)
TB1(+24V)TB1(Di 0dc)
13
14 TB3(1)
TB3(4)
M2/M4
21
22 TB3(2)
TB3(3)
M2/M4
Optional Devices
M2/M4
TB4(3)
A1 A2
TB4(2)
Contactor without X1 Option
M2/M4
TB4(3)
A1 A2
TB4(2)
Contactor with X1 Option
Customer Supplied
Control Circuit
TB3
TB4

Control Wiring - Frame 9 and 10 Drives with Cabinet Options
Frame 9 drives are shipped from the factory with control power set to 120V AC. To change
control voltage to 230V AC, move the jumper as shown.
Table 101 - Control Power for Customer Use Voltage Selection - Frame 9 and 10 Drives
Control terminal block TB4 is mounted on the power option module. TB1 referenced in
the illustrations below resides on the main control board. See page 203.
Figure 142 - Control Terminal Blocks TB3 and TB4 - Frame 9 and 10 Drives
120V AC, 60Hz, 4.2A (Factory Setting) 230V AC, 50Hz, 2.2A
TB3(H)T1 (X2) FU12
TB3(H)TB4(6) FU12
ReactorThermostat
Thermostat with Reactor - Frame 9 Only
TB4(2)TB6(2) TB6(3) TB4(4)TB6(4) TB4(1)TB4(3) TB6(1)
TB1(Di 0dc) TB1(+24V)
TS1
Thermostat without Reactor - Frames 9 and 10
TB6(2) TB4(2) TB6(3) TB6(4) TB4(1)TB4(4) TB6(1)
TB1(Di 0dc) TB1(+24V)
TS1TB3
TB4

Figure 143 - Frame 9 Cabinet Options Bay Component Location
TB3 and TB4
Thermostat (TS1)

Enclosure Options -
Frames 8…10
NEMA/UL Type 1 Enclosure - 2500 MCC Style Cabinet
The enclosure provided is a NEMA/UL Type 1 - 2500 MCC style cabinet that is 600 or 800
mm deep (Position 6, Code B, L, P, or W). Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use
primarily to provide a degree of protection against limited amounts of falling dirt. Doors
and openings will be gasket sealed.
• Position 6, Code B = 600 mm deep enclosure
• Position 6, Code L = 800 mm deep enclosure
• Position 6, Code P = 800 mm deep enclosure with MCC bus installed; standard
cabinet color (RAL 7032)
• Position 6, Code W = 800 mm deep enclosure with MCC bus installed; Centerline
2100 gray color (ASA49)
NEMA Type 12 Enclosure - 2500 MCC Style Cabinet
The enclosure provided is a NEMA Type 12 - 2500 MCC style cabinet that is 800 mm deep
(Position 6, Code J, K, or Y). Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping noncorrosive liquids.
• Position 6, Code J = 800 mm deep enclosure
• Position 6, Code K = 800 mm deep enclosure with MCC bus installed; standard
cabinet color (RAL 7032)
• Position 6, Code Y = 800 mm deep enclosure with MCC bus installed; Centerline
2100 gray color (ASA49)
Before performing any work on the drive, read the General Precautions starting on page 7.

Integrated Motion Drives
PowerFlex 755 drives can be used as part of a Integrated Motion system.
Configuring Option Modules
for Integrated Motion
The following option module combinations are supported by Integrated Motion.
Table 102 - Two Feedback Options
Table 103 - Two Feedback Options and One Safe Torque Off Option
Table 104 - Two Feedback Options and One Safe Speed Monitor Option
Supporting Documentation
For detailed information about configuring PowerFlex 755 drives for use with a
ControlLogix L6x or L7x controller refer to the following publications.
Supported Module Cat. No. Valid Port(s)
Single Incremental Encoder 20-750-ENC-1 4…8
Dual Incremental Encoder 20-750-DENC-1 4…8
Universal Feedback 20-750-UFB-1 4…6
Single Incremental Encoder 20-750-ENC-1 4 and 5
Dual Incremental Encoder 20-750-DENC-1 4 and 5
Universal Feedback 20-750-UFB-1 4 and 5
Safe Torque Off 20-750-S 6
Single Incremental Encoder 20-750-ENC-1 4 and 5
Dual Incremental Encoder 20-750-DENC-1 4 and 5
Universal Feedback 20-750-UFB-1 4 and 5
Safe Speed Monitor 20-750-S1 6
Publication
CIP Motion Configuration and Startup User Manual, publicationMOTION-UM003
Logix5000 Motion Controllers Instructions Reference Manual, publicationMOTION-RM002
CIP Motion Reference Manual, publication MOTION-RM003

Notes:

Rockwell Automation Support
Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products.
At http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/, you can find technical manuals, a knowledge base of FAQs, technical
and application notes, sample code and links to software service packs, and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools.
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation, configuration, and troubleshooting, we offer
TechConnect support programs. For more information, contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation
representative, or visit http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/.
Installation Assistance
If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation, review the information that is contained in this
manual. You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running.
New Product Satisfaction Return
Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the
manufacturing facility. However, if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned, follow these procedures.
Documentation Feedback
Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this
document, complete this form, publication RA-DU002, available at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/.
United States or Canada 1.440.646.3434
Outside United States or Canada Use the Worldwide Locator at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/americas/phone_en.html, or contact your local Rockwell
Automation representative.
United States Contact your distributor. You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above toobtain one) to your
distributor to complete the return process.
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure.
Publication 750-IN001M-EN-P – August 2013
Supersedes Publication 750-IN001L-EN-P – June 2013 Copyright © 2013 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.
Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444
Europe/Middle East/Africa: Rockwell Automation NV, Pegasus Park, De Kleetlaan 12a, 1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640
Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846
www.rockwellautomation.com
*PN-219476*
PN-219476

Power flex series 750 installation instruction

More Related Content

What's hot (20)

Viewers also liked (10)

Similar to Power flex series 750 installation instruction (20)

Recently uploaded (20)

Power flex series 750 installation instruction